2आज समर्थ बाप अपने समर्थ बच्चों को देख रहे हैं क्योकि हर एक बच्चा स्नेह से बाप समान बनने का पुरूषार्थ बहुत लगन से कर रहे हैं . āj samarth bāp apnē samarth bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ kyōki har ēk bachchā snēh sē bāp samān bannē kā purūṣhārth bahut lagan sē kar rahē haĩ . āj samarth[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samarth[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth bahut lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today powerful father one’s own powerful child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because each one child love from equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of effort very love from do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Today, the Powerful Father is seeing His powerful children because each child is making effort with deep love to become equal to the Father (Bap Samaan).
3बापदादा बच्चों को देख खुश होते हैं और दिल में बच्चों के गीत गाते हैं वाह बच्चे वाह ! bāpdādā bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ aur dil mē̃ bachchō̃ kē|K gīt gātē haĩ vāh bachchē vāh ! bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! BapDada child to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and heart in child (of|K) x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wah! child wah! !
4BapDada is pleased to see the children and sings songs of the wonder of the children in His heart - Wah children, Wah!
4क्योंकि बच्चे बाप के भी सिर के ताज हैं . kyōṅki bachchē bāp kē|K bhī sir kē|K tāj haĩ . kyōṅki bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because child father (of|K) too x (of|K) crown be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
5The children are the crown on the Father's head.
5देखो बच्चों की पूजा डबल रूप में होती है , बाप की पूजा एक रूप में होती है . dēkhō bachchō̃ kī|key pūjā double rūp mē̃ hōtī hai , bāp kī|key pūjā ēk rūp mē̃ hōtī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] double rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) double Rup in be[pres.sg.f.23] , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) one Rup in be[pres.sg.f.23] .
6The children are worshipped in two forms whereas the Father is worshipped in just one form.
6तो बच्चे बाप से भी बाप द्वारा आगे जाते हैं इसलिए बाप बच्चों के पुरूषार्थ को देख खुश है . tō bachchē bāp sē bhī bāp dvārā āgē jātē haĩ isliē bāp bachchō̃ kē|K purūṣhārth kō dēkh khuśh hai . tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] isliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then child father from too father through previously go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] therefore father child (of|K) effort to see[root] happy be[pres.sg.23] .
7So, the children go ahead of the Father through the Father and this is why the Father is pleased on seeing the children's effort.
7नम्बरवार तो हैं लेकिन पुरूषार्थ का लक्ष्य आगे बढ़ा रहे हैं . number-vār tō haĩ lēkin purūṣhārth kā lakṣhya āgē baṛhā rahē haĩ . number-wār tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . numberwise then be[pres.pl.12hon3] but effort of aim previously increase[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
8Of course you are numberwise, but having an aim in your effort is making you move ahead.
8आज अमृतवेले चारों ओर के बच्चों में एक बात जो ज्ञान का फाउण्डेशन है वह देखा . āj amr̥itvēlē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ mē̃ ēk bāt jō gyān kā foundation hai vah dēkhā . āj amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . today amrit vela everywhere (of|K) child in one matter that knowledge of foundation be[pres.sg.23] that see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
9Today, at amrit vela, Baba saw one aspect which is the foundation of knowledge in all the children everywhere.
9फाउण्डेशन है निश्चय . foundation hai niśhchay . foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . foundation be[pres.sg.23] faith .
10The foundation is faith.
10कहा हुआ भी है निश्चयबुद्धि विजयी . kahā huā bhī hai niśhchaybuddhi vijayī . kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vijayī[adj.] . say[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] intellect with faith victorious .
11It is said: Those who have faith in the intellect are victorious.
11तो आप सबका निश्चय देखा , सभी का नम्बरवार बाप में तो निश्चय है ही , उसकी निशानी सभी बाप को पहचान बाप के बने हैं और यहाँ भी आये हैं , बाप से मिलने के लिए . tō āp sabkā niśhchay dēkhā , sabhī kā number-vār bāp mē̃ tō niśhchay hai hī , uskī niśhānī sabhī bāp kō pahchān bāp kē|K banē haĩ aur yahā̃ bhī āyē haĩ , bāp sē milnē kē liē . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number-wār bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur yahā̃ bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . then you everyone's faith see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , all of numberwise father in then faith be[pres.sg.23] only , that[.kī] sign all father to (recognition|recognise[root]) father (of|K) become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and here too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , father from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
12So, Baba saw the faith of all of you. 13Numberwise, of course, everyone has faith in the Father, and the sign of that is that you have all recognised the Father and belong to Him and have also come here to meet Him.
12बाप में हर एक बच्चे का अटूट निश्चय है लेकिन बाप के साथ और भी निश्चय पक्का होना चाहिए वह है स्व में निश्चय . bāp mē̃ har ēk bachchē kā aṭūṭ niśhchay hai lēkin bāp kē sāth aur bhī niśhchay pakkā hōnā chāhiē vah hai sva mē̃ niśhchay . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṭūṭ[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] aur bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sva mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . father in each one child of x faith be[pres.sg.23] but father with and too faith firm (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) that be[pres.sg.23] x in faith .
14Each child has unbreakable faith in the Father, but, as well as faith in the Father, faith in other things also has to be firm. 15There has to be faith in the self.
13साथ में ड्रामा में निश्चय और परिवार में निश्चय . sāth mē̃ drama mē̃ niśhchay aur parivār mē̃ niśhchay . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] drama mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . with in drama in faith and family in faith .
16As well as that, there has to be faith in the drama and faith in the family.
14इन चार प्रकार के निश्चय में पक्के होना अर्थात् निश्चयबुद्धि विजयन्ती बनना . in chār prakār kē|K niśhchay mē̃ pakkē hōnā arthāt niśhchaybuddhi vijayantī bannā . in|yah[pn.pl.o.] chār[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vijayantī bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (in|this) four form (of|K) faith in firm be[inf.m.sg.d.] that is intellect with faith x become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
17To be firm in these four types of faith means to have faith in the intellect and to be victorious on that basis.
15तो चेक करो कि इन चार निश्चय में पक्के हैं ? tō check karō ki in chār niśhchay mē̃ pakkē haĩ ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] chār[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that (in|this) four faith in firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
18So, check: Am I firm in these four types of faith?
16बाप में तो सभी कहते हैं मेरा बाबा और मैं बाप की . bāp mē̃ tō sabhī kahtē haĩ mērā bābā aur maĩ bāp kī|key . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . father in then all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I[.kā] Baba and I father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
19In having faith in the Father, all of you say: My Baba and I belong to the Father.
17बाप के ऊपर मेरा कहके पूरा बाप का अधिकार प्राप्त कर लिया . bāp kē ūpar mērā kahkē pūrā bāp kā adhikār prāpt kar liyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[conj.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] prāpt karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . father over I[.kā] say[conj.] full father of right reach .
20You say "mine" for the Father and have claimed a full right over the Father.
18सदा बाप के द्वारा अधिकारी बन सर्व खज़ानों के अधिकारी बन गये . sadā bāp kē|K dvārā adhikārī ban sarv khazānō̃ kē|K adhikārī ban gayē . sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . constantly father (of|K) through (one) who has a right (become[root]|x) all treasure (of|K) (one) who has a right become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
21You have claimed a constant right from the Father and claimed a right to all the treasures.
19साथ में स्व में भी निश्चय जरूरी है क्यों ? sāth mē̃ sva mē̃ bhī niśhchay jarūrī hai kyō̃ ? sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sva mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyō̃ ? with in x in too faith essential be[pres.sg.23] why ?
22Together with those, faith in the self is also essential. 23Why?
20अगर स्व में निश्चय नहीं है तो दिलशिकस्त बन जाते हैं . agar sva mē̃ niśhchay nahī̃ hai tō dilśhikasta ban jātē haĩ . agar sva mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dilśhikast[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . if x in faith not be[pres.sg.23] then disheartened become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
24If you do not have faith in the self, you become disheartened.
21स्व में निश्चय यही है कि मैं बाप द्वारा स्वमानधारी हूँ , स्वराज्य अधिकारी हूँ . sva mē̃ niśhchay yahī hai ki maĩ bāp dvārā svamāndhārī hū̃ , svarājya adhikārī hū̃ . sva mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā svamāndhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . x in faith this be[pres.sg.23] that I father through those with self-respect be[pres.sg.1] , self-sovereign be[pres.sg.1] .
25The faith in the self is I am an embodiment of the self-respect given to me by the Father; I have a right to self-sovereignty.
22स्वयं बाप ने मुझे कितने स्वमान दिये हैं . svayã bāp nē mujhē kitnē svamān diyē haĩ . svayã bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x father ∅ I[.kō] so self-respect give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
26The Father Himself has given me so much self-respect.
23एक एक स्वमान को स्मृति में लाओ तो कितना नशा चढ़ता है ! ēk ēk svamān kō smr̥iti mē̃ lāō tō kitnā naśhā chaṛhtā hai ! ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chaṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! one one self-respect to awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so intoxication climb[pres.sg.m.23] !
27Bring each point of self-respect into your awareness and you become so intoxicated!
24आजकल किसी को भी कोई टाइटल मिलता है तो वह भी अपना भाग्य समझते हैं . ājkal kisī kō bhī kōī title miltā hai tō vah bhī apnā bhāgya samajhtē haĩ . ājkal kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] title milnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . nowadays (anything|some) to too some title receive[pres.sg.m.23] then that too (one’s own|adopt[root]) x understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 25लेकिन आप बच्चों को एक-एक स्वमान किसने दिया ! lēkin āp bachchō̃ kō ēk-ēk svamān kisnē diyā ! lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] svamān[x] kaun[pn.sg.nē] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! but you child to one self-respect who[.nē] give[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
28Nowadays, if people receive any title they consider it to be their fortune, but who has given you children each and every point of self-respect!
26स्वयं बापदादा ने हर बच्चे को स्वमानधारी बनाया है . svayã bāpdādā nē har|her bachchē kō svamāndhārī banāyā hai . svayã bāpdādā nē[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] svamāndhārī[adj.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x BapDada ∅ (x[root]|x) child to those with self-respect create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
29BapDada Himself has made each child an embodiment of self-respect.
27एक-एक स्वमान को याद करते खुशी में उड़ते हो . ēk-ēk svamān kō yād kartē khuśhī mē̃ uṛtē hō . ēk[adj.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[pres.pl.m.2] . one self-respect to remembrance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] happiness in fly[pres.pl.m.2] .
30Remembering each point of self-respect you fly with happiness.
28तो स्व में भी इतना सदा निश्चय का नशा रहे कि मैं बाप द्वारा स्वराज्य अधिकारी , स्वमान अधिकारी कोटो में कोई आत्मा हूँ . tō sva mē̃ bhī itnā sadā niśhchay kā naśhā rahē ki maĩ bāp dvārā svarājya adhikārī , svamān adhikārī kōṭō mē̃ kōī ātmā hū̃ . tō sva mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā svarājya adhikārī[x] , svamān[x] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then x in too such constantly faith of intoxication (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that I father through self-sovereign , self-respect (one) who has a right x in some soul be[pres.sg.1] .
31So, constantly have this much intoxication of faith in the self: "I am one out of multimillion souls who has self-sovereignty through the Father and am an embodiment of self-respect."
29जैसे बाप में निश्चय है तो साथ में स्व में भी निश्चय आवश्यक है क्योंकि अगर स्व में निश्चय है तो जहाँ निश्चय है वहाँ हर कर्म में निश्चयबुद्धि अर्थात् स्वमानधारी विजयी है . jaisē bāp mē̃ niśhchay hai tō sāth mē̃ sva mē̃ bhī niśhchay āvaśhyak hai kyōṅki agar sva mē̃ niśhchay hai tō jahā̃ niśhchay hai vahā̃ har|her karma mē̃ niśhchaybuddhi arthāt svamāndhārī vijayī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sva mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki agar sva mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jahā̃ niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] arthāt svamāndhārī[adj.] vijayī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like father in faith be[pres.sg.23] then with in x in too faith x be[pres.sg.23] because if x in faith be[pres.sg.23] then where there faith be[pres.sg.23] there (x[root]|x) deed in intellect with faith that is those with self-respect victorious be[pres.sg.23] .
32Just as you have faith in the Father, in the same way, it is essential to have faith in the self because when you have faith in the self, you then have faith in the intellect in every action, that is, you have self-respect and are victorious.
30निश्चय का अर्थ ही है सफलता . niśhchay kā arth|earth hī hai saphaltā . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] . faith of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] success .
33The meaning of faith is success.
31ऐसे नहीं कि हमारा तो बाप में निश्चय है , बाप में है वह तो बहुत अच्छा लेकिन साथ में बाप के स्व का नशा भी आवश्यक है मैं कौन ! aisē nahī̃ ki hamārā tō bāp mē̃ niśhchay hai , bāp mē̃ hai vah tō bahut achchhā lēkin sāth mē̃ bāp kē|K sva kā naśhā bhī āvaśhyak hai maĩ kaun ! aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sva kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ! it isn't that that we[.kā] then father in faith be[pres.sg.23] , father in be[pres.sg.23] that then very achcha but with in father (of|K) x of intoxication too x be[pres.sg.23] I who !
34It is not "I have faith in the Father". 35It is very good that you have faith in the Father, but, together with having faith in the Father, it is also essential to have the intoxication of "Who I am!"
32एक-एक स्वमान को याद करो तो निश्चय और नशा आपके चलन और चेहरे से दिखाई देगा . ēk-ēk svamān kō yād karō tō niśhchay aur naśhā āpkē chalan aur chēhrē sē dikhāī dēgā . ēk[adj.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . one self-respect to remember then faith and intoxication you[.kē] behaviour and face from be visible .
36Remember each and every point of self-respect and faith, and intoxication will then be visible in your activity and your face.
33दे रहा है और दिखाई देता रहेगा . dē rahā hai aur dikhāī dētā rahēgā . dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and be visible .
37It is visible and it will continue to remain visible.
34साथ में तीसरी बात तो ड्रामा में भी निश्चय बहुत जरूरी है क्योंकि ड्रामा में समस्यायें भी आती हैं और सफलता भी होती है . sāth mē̃ tīsrī bāt tō drama mē̃ bhī niśhchay bahut jarūrī hai kyōṅki drama mē̃ samasyāyē̃ bhī ātī haĩ aur saphaltā bhī hōtī hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] tō drama mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki drama mē̃[postp.] samasyā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . with in third matter then drama in too faith very essential be[pres.sg.23] because drama in problem too come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and success too be[pres.sg.f.23] .
38As well as this, the third thing is faith in the drama. 39This is also necessary because, within the drama, there are problems and there is also success.
35अगर ड्रामा में पक्का निश्चय है तो ड्रामा के निश्चय से जो निश्चयबुद्धि है वह समस्या को समाधान स्वरूप में बदल देता है क्योंकि निश्चय अर्थात् विजय . agar drama mē̃ pakkā niśhchay hai tō drama kē|K niśhchay sē jō niśhchaybuddhi hai vah samasyā kō samādhān svarūp mē̃ badal dētā hai kyōṅki niśhchay arthāt vijay . agar drama mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō drama kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] kyōṅki niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . if drama in firm faith be[pres.sg.23] then drama (of|K) faith from that intellect with faith be[pres.sg.23] that problem to solution form in change[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] because faith that is victory .
40If you have firm faith in the drama, then those who have faith in the intellect based on their faith are able to change problems into the form of a solution because faith means victory.
36तो किसके ऊपर विजयी बनता ? tō kiskē ūpar vijayī bantā ? tō kaun[pn.sg.kē] ūpar vijayī[adj.] bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? then who[.kē] over victorious become[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
41So, whom do you attain victory over?
37परिवर्तन करने में , एक सेकण्ड में समस्या परिवर्तन हो समाधान रूप बन जाती है . parivartan karnē mē̃ , ēk second mē̃ samasyā parivartan hō samādhān rūp ban jātī hai . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] samasyā[n.f.;sg.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , one second in problem transformation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) solution Rup become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
42By transforming it, the problem becomes the form of a solution in a second; you would then not come into upheaval.
38हलचल में नहीं आयेंगे , अचल रहेंगे क्योंकि ड्रामा के ज्ञान से अडोल अचल बन जाते हैं . halchal mē̃ nahī̃ āyēṅgē , achal rahē̃gē kyōṅki drama kē|K gyān sē aḍōl achal ban jātē haĩ . halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , achal rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki drama kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aḍōl[adj.] achal bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . upheaval in not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , unshakeable remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because drama (of|K) knowledge from unshakeable unshakeable become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
43You will remain unshakeable because by having the knowledge of the drama, you become unshakeable and immovable.
39यह निश्चय रहता है कि मैं ही कल्प पहले भी समाधान स्वरूप अर्थात् सफल आत्मा बना था , बनी हूँ और कल्प के बाद भी मैं ही बनूंगी . yah niśhchay rahtā hai ki maĩ hī kalp pahlē bhī samādhān svarūp arthāt saphal ātmā banā thā , banī hū̃ aur kalp kē bād bhī maĩ hī banūṅgī . yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hī[p.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt saphal[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-perf.m.sg.] , bannā[pres-perf.sg.f.1] aur kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hī[p.] bannā[fut.f.sg.1] . this faith remain[pres.sg.m.23] that I only cycle (x|firstly) too solution form that is successful soul become[past-perf.m.sg.] , become[pres-perf.sg.f.1] and cycle after too I only become[fut.f.sg.1] .
44You have the faith that you were an embodiment of solution in the previous cycle too, that is, you were a successful soul, you are that and that after a cycle too, only you are going to become that.
40तो यह नशा ड्रामा का निश्चय पक्का कराता . tō yah naśhā drama kā niśhchay pakkā karātā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] drama kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then this intoxication drama of faith firm make commit[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
45So, this intoxication enables you to make your faith in the drama very firm.
41फखुर रहता है , नशा रहता है मैं थी , मैं ही हूँ और मैं ही बनेंगी इसलिए इस पुरूषार्थी जीवन में ड्रामा का निश्चय भी आवश्यक है और साथ में चौथा है परिवार का निश्चय क्योंकि बाप ने आते ही परिवार को पैदा किया . phakhur rahtā hai , naśhā rahtā hai maĩ thī , maĩ hī hū̃ aur maĩ hī banē̃gī isliē is purūṣhārthī jīvan mē̃ drama kā niśhchay bhī āvaśhyak hai aur sāth mē̃ chauthā hai parivār kā niśhchay kyōṅki bāp nē ātē hī parivār kō paidā kiyā . fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past.f] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] aur maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hī[p.] bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] purūṣhārthī[x] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] drama kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chauthā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] , intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] I be[past.f] , I only be[pres.sg.1] and I only become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] therefore this effort-maker life in drama of faith too x be[pres.sg.23] and with in fourth be[pres.sg.23] family of faith because father ∅ come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only family to born do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
46You then have this spiritual intoxication (fakhoor) and intoxication (nasha): I was that, I am that and I will become that. 47Therefore, it is essential to have faith in the drama in this effort-making life. 48As well as this, the fourth thing is to have faith in the family because the Father created the family as soon as He came.
42तो जैसे बाप में निश्चय है वैसे परिवार में भी निश्चय आवश्यक है क्योंकि परिवार किसका है ? tō jaisē bāp mē̃ niśhchay hai vaisē parivār mē̃ bhī niśhchay āvaśhyak hai kyōṅki parivār kiskā hai ? tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then like father in faith be[pres.sg.23] x family in too faith x be[pres.sg.23] because family who[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ?
49Just as you have faith in the Father, it is essential to have faith in the family too because, after all, whose family is it?
43और इतना बड़ा परिवार और किसका हो सकता है ! aur itnā baṛā parivār aur kiskā hō saktā hai ! aur itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! and such very family and who[.kā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
50Who else can have such a huge family?
44तो परिवार में भी निश्चय अति आवश्यक है क्योंकि इतना बड़ा परिवार विश्व में किसका है ? tō parivār mē̃ bhī niśhchay ati āvaśhyak hai kyōṅki itnā baṛā parivār viśhva mē̃ kiskā hai ? tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ati āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then family in too faith x x be[pres.sg.23] because such very family world in who[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ?
51It is extremely essential to have faith in the family because who else in the world has such a big family?
45आप जितना परिवार चेक करो विश्व में , किसका है ? āp jitnā parivār check karō viśhva mē̃ , kiskā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , kaun[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you the more family check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] world in , who[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ?
52You can check as many families as you want in the world: does anyone have such a family?
46परिवार की रीति से किसी भी डिवाइन फादर का भी नहीं है वहाँ फॉलोअर हैं , यहाँ परिवार है . parivār kī|key rīti sē kisī bhī divine father kā bhī nahī̃ hai vahā̃ follower haĩ , yahā̃ parivār hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] divine father kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ follower hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yahā̃ parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) way from (anything|some) too x father of too not be[pres.sg.23] there follower be[pres.pl.12hon3] , here family be[pres.sg.23] .
53Not even a divine father has such a large family because they have followers whereas here it is a family.
47परिवार के साथ ही सेवा में , सम्बन्ध में रहते हो . parivār kē sāth hī sēvā mē̃ , sambandh mē̃ rahtē hō . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . family with only service in , relationship in remain[pres.pl.m.2] .
54It is with the family that you stay in service and in relationships.
48ऐसे नहीं कि हमारा तो बाप से ही कनेक्शन है , परिवार से नहीं हुआ तो क्या हुआ . aisē nahī̃ ki hamārā tō bāp sē hī connection hai , parivār sē nahī̃ huā tō kyā huā . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] connection hōnā[pres.sg.23] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . it isn't that that we[.kā] then father from only connection be[pres.sg.23] , family from not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
55It is not that you have a connection with only the Father, and so what does it matter if you do not have it with the family?
49परिवार का निश्चय तो आपका 21 जन्म चलना है . parivār kā niśhchay tō āpkā 21 janm chalnā hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . family of faith then you[.kā] 21 (life|be born[root]) continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
56Your faith in the family has to last for 21 births.
50जानते हो ना ! jāntē hō nā ! jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
57You know that, do you not?
51परिवार के साथ ही सम्बन्ध में आने से मालूम होता है कि मैं इतने बड़े परिवार में सभी से निश्चयबुद्धि हो चल रहे हैं , परिवार में चलने के लिए यह अटेन्शन देना पड़ता है कि परिवार में हर एक के संस्कार भिन्न-भिन्न हैं और होंगे . parivār kē sāth hī sambandh mē̃ ānē sē mālūm hōtā hai ki maĩ itnē baṛē parivār mē̃ sabhī sē niśhchaybuddhi hō chal rahē haĩ , parivār mē̃ chalnē kē liē yah attention dēnā paṛtā hai ki parivār mē̃ har ēk kē|K saṅskār bhinn-bhinn haĩ aur hōṅgē . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root.root+calnā] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] ki[conj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] bhinn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . family with only relationship in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) from x be[pres.sg.m.23] that I such very family in all from intellect with faith be[root.root+calnā] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , family in continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] for this attention give[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] that family in each one (of|K) sanskar different be[pres.pl.12hon3] and be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
58It is by coming into connection with the family that you come to know that you are moving along with everyone in the big family with faith in your intellect. 59In order to move along with the family, you have to pay this attention. 60Each one in the family has and will have different sanskars.
52आपका यादगार माला है , माला में देखो कहाँ एक नम्बर और कहाँ 108 वां नम्बर क्योंकि परिवार में भिन्न-भिन्न संस्कार हैं . āpkā yādgār mālā hai , mālā mē̃ dēkhō kahā̃ ēk number aur kahā̃ 108 vā̃ number kyōṅki parivār mē̃ bhinn-bhinn saṅskār haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kā] yādgār[x] mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kahā̃ ēk[adj.] number aur kahā̃ 108 vā̃[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number kyōṅki parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you[.kā] memorial garland be[pres.sg.23] , garland in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] where one number and where 108 th number because family in different sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
61Your memorial is the rosary and if you look at the rosary - look at the first number and the 108th number because there are those with different sanskars in the family.
53तो इतने बड़े परिवार में चलते संस्कारों को समझ एक दो में एक परिवार , एक बाप एक राज्य , तो एक होके चलना है . tō itnē baṛē parivār mē̃ chaltē saṅskārō̃ kō samajh ēk dō mē̃ ēk parivār , ēk bāp ēk rājya , tō ēk hōkē chalnā hai . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō ēk[adj.] hōnā[abs.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then such very family in continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sanskar to (understanding|understand[root]) one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in one family , one father one kingdom , then one be[abs.] continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
62So, you have to move along in such a big family understanding one another's sanskars. 63It is one family, one Father, one kingdom and so we have to move along united.
54परिवार में जैसे बड़ा परिवार है , ऐसे ही एक दो में बड़ी दिल , हर एक के प्रति शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना की स्थिति में स्थित हो चलना है क्योंकि परिवार के बीच ही संस्कार स्वभाव आता है . parivār mē̃ jaisē baṛā parivār hai , aisē hī ēk dō mē̃ baṛī dil , har ēk kē prati śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kī|key sthiti mē̃ sthit hō chalnā hai kyōṅki parivār kē|K bīch hī saṅskār svabhāv ātā hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] baṛī dil[x] , har ēk[x] kē prati[x] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch hī[p.] saṅskār[x] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . family in like very family be[pres.sg.23] , such only one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in x , each one for pure feeling , good wishes (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in stabilised (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because family (of|K) centre only sanskar nature come[pres.sg.m.23] .
64Just as it is a big family, so you have to have a big heart with everyone and move along with everyone while stable in the stage of having good wishes and pure feelings for everyone because it is within the family that there are the sanskars and nature.
55लेकिन कोई समझे परिवार से क्या है , बाबा से तो है . lēkin kōī samajhē parivār sē kyā hai , bābā sē tō hai . lēkin kōī[pn.;d.] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bābā sē[postp.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but some (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) family from what be[pres.sg.23] , Baba from then be[pres.sg.23] .
65Some may think: What does it matter with the family? 66I have faith in Baba.
56लेकिन यहाँ धर्म और राज्य दोनों की स्थापना है , सिर्फ धर्म नहीं है , दूसरे जो भी धर्म पिता आये हैं उनका सिर्फ धर्म है , राज्य नहीं है , यहाँ तो आप सबको राज्य भी करना है . lēkin yahā̃ dharm aur rājya dōnō̃ kī|key sthāpanā hai , sirph dharm nahī̃ hai , dūsrē jō bhī dharm pitā āyē haĩ unkā sirph dharm hai , rājya nahī̃ hai , yahā̃ tō āp sabkō rājya bhī karnā hai . lēkin yahā̃ dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sirph[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] sirph[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahā̃ tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . but here religion and kingdom x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) establishment be[pres.sg.23] , only religion not be[pres.sg.23] , other that too religion father come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kā] only religion be[pres.sg.23] , kingdom not be[pres.sg.23] , here then you everything kingdom too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
67However, here, both a religion and a kingdom are being established; it is not just a religion. 68All the other founders of religion who came simply established a religion, not a kingdom. 69Here, all of you are also going to rule.
57तो राज्य में परिवार की आवश्यकता होती है और 21 जन्म भिन्न-भिन्न रूप से परिवार के साथ ही रहना है , परिवार को छोड़ कहाँ जा नहीं सकते . tō rājya mē̃ parivār kī|key āvaśhyaktā hōtī hai aur 21 janm bhinn-bhinn rūp sē parivār kē sāth hī rahnā hai , parivār kō chhōṛ kahā̃ jā nahī̃ saktē . tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] kahā̃ jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then kingdom in family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.f.23] and 21 (life|be born[root]) different Rup from family with only remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , family to renounce[root] where go[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
70In a kingdom, a family is needed and you have to live with the family for 21 births, in different forms. 71You cannot leave the family and go away anywhere.
58तो चेक करो ऐसे नहीं समझना कि बाप जाने मैं जानूं . tō check karō aisē nahī̃ samajhnā ki bāp jānē maĩ jānū̃ . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aisē nahī̃[x] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[opt.sg.1] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] it isn't that understand[inf.m.sg.d.] that father (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) I know[opt.sg.1] .
72So check this. 73Do not think: The Father knows and I know.
59बाप से ही कार्य है लेकिन अगर इन चार निश्चय में से एक भी निश्चय कम है तो हलचल में आ जायेंगे . bāp sē hī kārya hai lēkin agar in chār niśhchay mē̃ sē ēk bhī niśhchay cum|kam hai tō halchal mē̃ ā jāyēṅgē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin agar in|yah[pn.pl.o.] chār[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . father from only task be[pres.sg.23] but if (in|this) four faith in from one too faith (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then upheaval in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
74Everything is to do with the Father, but if one type of faith is lacking from these four types of faith, then there will be fluctuation.
60सेवा के साथी , बाप तो सकाश देने वाले हैं लेकिन साथी कौन ? sēvā kē|K sāthī , bāp tō sakāśh dēnē vālē haĩ lēkin sāthī kaun ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? service (of|K) companion , father then sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] but companion who ?
75Of course the Father is with you as your service Companion to give sakaash, but who are your companions?
61साकार का साथ तो परिवार का है तो बाप ने देखा है कि तीन निश्चय में मैजारिटी ठीक चल रहे हैं लेकिन परिवार के साथ में निभाना , संस्कार मिलाना , एक-एक को कल्याण की भावना से देखना और चलना , इसमें कई बच्चे यथाशक्ति बन जाते हैं . sākār kā sāth tō parivār kā hai tō bāp nē dēkhā hai ki tīn niśhchay mē̃ majority ṭhīk chal rahē haĩ lēkin parivār kē sāth mē̃ nibhānā , saṅskār milānā , ēk-ēk kō kalyāṇ kī|key bhāvnā sē dēkhnā aur chalnā , ismē̃ kaī bachchē yathāśhakti ban jātē haĩ . sākār, sākārī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] tīn[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] majority ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] lēkin parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] mē̃[postp.] nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , saṅskār[x] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yathāśhakti bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . sakar of with then family of be[pres.sg.23] then father ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that x faith in majority OK continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] but family with in fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.] , sanskar x[inf.m.sg.d.] , one to benefit (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling from see[inf.m.sg.d.] and continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , this[.mē̃] some child according to their capacity become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
76The physical company that you have is the family. 77So, the Father saw that the majority of you are moving along well in having three types of faith, but you also have to fulfil your responsibility to the family; you have to harmonise your sanskars; you have to see and move along with one another with feelings of benevolence. 78Many children move along according to their capacity in this.
62लेकिन बाप ने देखा कि जो परिवार के निश्चय में नॉलेजफुल होके सदा बाप समान साक्षीपन की स्थिति में साथ में आते हैं , रहते हैं वही नम्बरवन या नम्बरवन डिवीजन में आते हैं . lēkin bāp nē dēkhā ki jō parivār kē|K niśhchay mē̃ knowledgeful hōkē sadā bāp samān sākṣhīpan kī|key sthiti mē̃ sāth mē̃ ātē haĩ , rahtē haĩ vahī number one yā number one division mē̃ ātē haĩ . lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] knowledgeful hōnā[abs.] sadā bāp samān[x] sākṣhīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vahī number one yā number one division mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but father ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that family (of|K) faith in knowledgeful be[abs.] constantly equal to the Father being a detached observer (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in with in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this number one or number one x in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
79However, the Father has seen that those who are knowledge-full in having faith in the family and who constantly move along and live with the stage of a detached observer, like the Father, are the ones who become number one or come in the number one division.
63तो चेक करो भाव स्वभाव परिवार में होता है , तो छोटी-छोटी गलतियां भी होती हैं , विघ्न आते हैं वह परिवार के सम्बन्ध में ही आती हैं . tō check karō bhāv svabhāv parivār mē̃ hōtā hai , tō chhōṭī-chhōṭī galatiyā̃ bhī hōtī haĩ , vighna ātē haĩ vah parivār kē|K sambandh mē̃ hī ātī haĩ . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] galatī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] consciousness nature family in be[pres.sg.m.23] , then small mistake too be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , obstacle come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that family (of|K) relationship in only come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
80So check: nature and intentions are within the family, trivial mistakes happen in the family; obstacles come in terms of a family.
64तो सबसे आवश्यक इस परिवार के सम्बन्ध में पास होना है . tō sabsē āvaśhyak is parivār kē|K sambandh mē̃ pās|pass hōnā hai . tō sabsē āvaśhyak[adj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then the most x this family (of|K) relationship in (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
81So, it is most essential to pass in terms of the family.
65अगर परिवार में चलने में तोड़ निभाने में कोई भी कमी होती है तो वह विघ्न छोटा हो या बड़ा हो लेकिन तंग करता है . agar parivār mē̃ chalnē mē̃ tōṛ nibhānē mē̃ kōī bhī kamī hōtī hai tō vah vighna chhōṭā hō yā baṛā hō lēkin taṅg kartā hai . agar parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tōṛnā[root]|tōṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin taṅg[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . if family in continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] in (break[root]|responsibilities) fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] in anyone x be[pres.sg.f.23] then that obstacle small (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or very (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x do[pres.sg.m.23] .
82If there is anything lacking in terms of moving along with the family and fulfilling your responsibility, then whether it is a small or large obstacle, it causes trouble.
66यह क्यों , यह कैसे , परिवार के कनेक्शन में आता है . yah kyō̃ , yah kaisē , parivār kē|K connection mē̃ ātā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ , yah[pn.sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this why , this how , family (of|K) connection in come[pres.sg.m.23] .
83It is only in connection with the family that questions arise: "Why is this like this?
67तो क्यों के बजाए , क्यों नहीं करना है , लेकिन हमें मिलकर चलना है , परिवार की प्रीत निभानी है क्योंकि यह बाप का परिवार है , भगवान का परिवार है . tō kyō̃ kē bajāē , kyō̃ nahī̃ karnā hai , lēkin hamē̃ milkar chalnā hai , parivār kī|key prīt nibhānī hai kyōṅki yah bāp kā parivār hai , bhagvān kā parivār hai . tō kyō̃ kē bajāē[x] , kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , lēkin ham[pn.pl.kō] milnā[abs.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then why instead of , why not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , but we[.kō] receive[abs.] continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) loving fulfil[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because this father of family be[pres.sg.23] , God of family be[pres.sg.23] . 68रिवाजी परिवार नहीं है . rivājī parivār nahī̃ hai . rivājī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x family not be[pres.sg.23] .
84How is this like this?" 85So, instead of asking "Why", realise that you have to move along together and fulfil the responsibility of a family because this is the Father's family. 86It is God's family; it is not an ordinary family.
69नशा रहना चाहिए कि वाह बाबा , वाह ड्रामा , वाह मैं और वाह परिवार ! naśhā rahnā chāhiē ki vāh bābā , vāh drama , vāh maĩ aur vāh parivār ! naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] ki[conj.] vāh bābā , vāh drama , vāh maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur vāh parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! intoxication (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) that wah! Baba , wah! drama , wah! I and wah! family !
87You should have the faith: Wah Baba! 88Wah drama! 89Wah "I, the self", and wah the family!
70ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
90Is this all right?
71चेक करते हो ? check kartē hō ? check karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? check do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
91Do you check this?
72चार ही में पास हो ? chār hī mē̃ pās|pass hō ? chār[adj.] hī[p.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? four only in (x|pass) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
92Have you passed in all four?
73चार ही में ? chār hī mē̃ ? chār[adj.] hī[p.] mē̃[postp.] ? four only in ?
93In all four?
74एक में भी कम नहीं . ēk mē̃ bhī cum|kam nahī̃ . ēk[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . one in too (x|less) not .
94Not lacking in even one?
75चेक करो . check karō . check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
95Check this.
76अभी-अभी चेक करो क्योंकि विजयी बनने का साधन ही यह है . abhī-abhī check karō kyōṅki vijayī bannē kā sādhan hī yah hai . ab[adv.hī] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki vijayī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because victorious become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities only this be[pres.sg.23] .
96Check right now because this is the only method to become victorious.
77परिवार के बीच संस्कार निकलते हैं और वह संस्कार मिलाना खुद भी परिवर्तन करना और परिवार को भी इतनी ऊंची दृष्टि से देखना . parivār kē|K bīch saṅskār nikaltē haĩ aur vah saṅskār milānā khud bhī parivartan karnā aur parivār kō bhī itnī ūñchī dr̥iṣhṭi sē dēkhnā . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch saṅskār[x] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] khud bhī[p.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . family (of|K) centre sanskar be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and that sanskar x[inf.m.sg.d.] oneself too transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] and family to too such elevated drishti from see[inf.m.sg.d.] .
97It is in the family that sanskars emerge and in order to harmonise those sanskars, you have to transform them (the sanskars) and also look at the family with such elevated vision.
78बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि बापदादा लास्ट बच्चे को भी अति भाग्यवान समझते हैं क्यों ? bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki bāpdādā last bachchē kō bhī ati bhāgyavān samajhtē haĩ kyō̃ ? bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bāpdādā last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ati bhāgyavān[x] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyō̃ ? BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that BapDada last child to too x fortunate understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] why ?
98BapDada has told you earlier too that BapDada looks at even the last child as being most fortunate. 99Why?
79भगवान को पहचानना , साधारण रूप में बाप को पहचानना , जो इतने बड़े-बड़े महात्मायें भी पहचान नहीं सके , लेकिन बापदादा का लास्ट बच्चा भी मेरा बाबा कहता है . bhagvān kō pahchānnā , sādhāraṇ rūp mē̃ bāp kō pahchānnā , jō itnē baṛē-baṛē mahātmāyē̃ bhī pahchān nahī̃ sakē , lēkin bāpdādā kā last bachchā bhī mērā bābā kahtā hai . bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sādhāraṇ[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . God to recognise[inf.m.sg.d.] , ordinary Rup in father to recognise[inf.m.sg.d.] , that such very great soul too (recognition|recognise[root]) not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) , but BapDada of last child too I[.kā] Baba say[pres.sg.m.23] .
100He has recognised God. 101He has recognised the Father who is in an ordinary form; such great mahatmas have not been able to recognise God, but even the last child of BapDada says, "My Baba".
80दिल से मेरा बाबा कहते हैं . dil sē mērā bābā kahtē haĩ . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . heart from I[.kā] Baba say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
102He says from his heart, "My Baba".
81तो बापदादा जैसे लास्ट बच्चे की भी विशेषता देख , जैसे बच्चों को लाड प्यार , यादप्यार देते हैं वैसे लास्ट वालों को भी देते हैं . tō bāpdādā jaisē last bachchē kī|key bhī viśhēṣhtā dēkh , jaisē bachchō̃ kō lāḍ pyār , yādpyār dētē haĩ vaisē last vālō̃ kō bhī dētē haĩ . tō bāpdādā jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] last bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] last vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada like last child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too speciality see[root] , like child to x love , love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x last those who to too give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
103Just as BapDada gives love, and love and remembrance to the children, so seeing the speciality of even the last child, He gives the same to the last ones too.
82तो चेक करो कि तीन में ठीक हो या चारों में ठीक हो या दो में ठीक हो या एक में ठीक हो ? tō check karō ki tīn mē̃ ṭhīk hō yā chārō̃ mē̃ ṭhīk hō yā dō mē̃ ṭhīk hō yā ēk mē̃ ṭhīk hō ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] tīn[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā chārō̃ mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā ēk[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x in OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or x in OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or one in OK (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
104So, check whether you are OK in three or in all four, or in just two or just one.
83चेक किया ? check kiyā ? check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
105Have you checked?
84किया चेक ? kiyā check ? karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] check ? do[past-part.m.sg.d.] check ?
106Did you check?
85जो समझते हैं कि मैं चार ही मैं , चार ही निश्चय में बाप , आप , ड्रामा और परिवार , चार ही निश्चय में ठीक हूँ वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki maĩ chār hī maĩ , chār hī niśhchay mē̃ bāp , āp , drama aur parivār , chār hī niśhchay mē̃ ṭhīk hū̃ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] , chār[adj.] hī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āp[pn.pl.] , drama aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chār[adj.] hī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I four only I , four only faith in father , you , drama and family , four only faith in OK be[pres.sg.1] that raise your hands .
107Those of you who think that you are all right in having faith in all four - the Father, the self, the drama and the family - those who have faith in all four, raise your hands!
86ठीक हैं ? ṭhīk haĩ ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
108You are OK?
87अच्छा ठीक हैं . achchhā ṭhīk haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
109You are OK?
88पेपर लें ? paper lē̃ ? paper lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? paper take[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
110Should Baba test you?
89हाँ उठाओ . hā̃ uṭhāō . hā̃ uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
111Yes, raise them!
90अच्छा परिवार में पास हो ? achchhā parivār mē̃ pās|pass hō ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? achcha family in (x|pass) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
112OK? 113Have you passed in the subject of the family?
91परिवार के सम्बन्ध में आना , क्योंकि परिवार को छोड़ तो कहाँ जायेंगे नहीं , रहना ही है , निभाना ही है . parivār kē|K sambandh mē̃ ānā , kyōṅki parivār kō chhōṛ tō kahā̃ jāyēṅgē nahī̃ , rahnā hī hai , nibhānā hī hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , kyōṅki parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[root] tō kahā̃ jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family (of|K) relationship in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , because family to renounce[root] then where go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , remain[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
114You have to come into relationship with the family, because you are not going to leave the family; you have to live in the family and fulfil your responsibility.
92तो इसमें पास हो ? tō ismē̃ pās|pass hō ? tō yah[pn.sg.mē̃] pās|pass hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then this[.mē̃] (x|pass) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
115So, have you passed in this?
93कभी ऐसे आता है कि यह नहीं होता तो अच्छा होता , यह क्यों करते हैं , यह क्यों होता है , यह संकल्प आता है … एकदम परिवार का नशा , चार ही निश्चय वाला कभी भी ऐसे वैसे संकल्प में भी नहीं करेगा . kabhī aisē ātā hai ki yah nahī̃ hōtā tō achchhā hōtā , yah kyō̃ kartē haĩ , yah kyō̃ hōtā hai , yah saṅkalp ātā hai … ēkdam parivār kā naśhā , chār hī niśhchay vālā kabhī bhī aisē vaisē saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ karēgā . kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] … ēkdam parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , chār[adj.] hī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . ever such come[pres.sg.m.23] that this not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then achcha be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , this why do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this why be[pres.sg.m.23] , this thought come[pres.sg.m.23] … x family of intoxication , four only faith those who ever too such x thought in too not do[fut.m.sg.23] .
116Do you ever think: It would be good if this one were not here! 117Why is this one doing this? 118Why does this happen? 119Do you have such thoughts? 120Such complete intoxication of the family! 121One who has faith in all four will not have such thoughts about "like this or like that".
94संकल्प में आये कि ऐसे क्यों होता है , लेकिन मुझे वह क्यों वा क्या हिलावे नहीं , मूड नहीं बदली करे . saṅkalp mē̃ āyē ki aisē kyō̃ hōtā hai , lēkin mujhē vah kyō̃ vā kyā hilāvē nahī̃ , mūḍ|mood nahī̃ badalī karē . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kō] vah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ vā kyā hilānā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , mūṛnā[root]|mood nahī̃[neg] badalnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+karnā] . thought in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) that such why be[pres.sg.m.23] , but I[.kō] that why or what make fluctuate[opt.sg.23] not , (scalp[root]|mood) not change[opt.sg.23.past-part+karnā] .
122It may enter your thoughts, "Why does it happen like that?", but the question of "Why?" or "What" should not shake you; it should not change your mood.
95इसको कहते हैं चार ही में पास . iskō kahtē haĩ chār hī mē̃ pās|pass . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chār[adj.] hī[p.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass . this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] four only in (x|pass) .
123This is known as passing in all four.
96हाथ तो उठाया , बापदादा को खुश किया है परन्तु बापदादा को यह जो परिवार की बात है उसमें कभी कभी बातें सुननी पड़ती हैं , देखनी पड़ती हैं . hāth tō uṭhāyā , bāpdādā kō khuśh kiyā hai parantu bāpdādā kō yah jō parivār kī|key bāt hai usmē̃ kabhī kabhī bātē̃ sunnī paṛtī haĩ , dēkhnī paṛtī haĩ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] parantu[conj.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.oblig2] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.oblig2] . hand then uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] , BapDada to happy do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] however BapDada to this that family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] ever ever matter listen[pres.pl.f.12hon3.oblig2] , see[pres.pl.f.12hon3.oblig2] .
124You raised your hands and pleased BapDada, but BapDada sometimes has to hear and see a lot when it comes to this thing about the family. 125You should have a totally big heart.
97एकदम बड़ी दिल हो , सबको शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना से ठीक करना है , क्योंकि परिवार ही एक है . ēkdam baṛī dil hō , sabkō śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā sē ṭhīk karnā hai , kyōṅki parivār hī ēk hai . ēkdam baṛī dil[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sabkō śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] sē[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kyōṅki parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , everything pure feeling , good wishes from OK do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , because family only one be[pres.sg.23] .
126Everyone has to be put right with good wishes and pure feelings because it is just the one family.
98एकमत होके चलना और चलाना है . ēkmat hōkē chalnā aur chalānā hai . ēkmat[adj.] hōnā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur chalānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . one direction be[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] and x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
127All have to move along together united and make others move along.
99सिर्फ चलना नहीं है , चलाना भी है इसलिए बापदादा इस बात पर अटेन्शन दिला रहे हैं कि परिवार में जो किसी भी हलचल में पास हो जाते हैं , व्यर्थ नहीं चलता है , उन्हें दूसरों को ऐसा बनाना है . sirph chalnā nahī̃ hai , chalānā bhī hai isliē bāpdādā is bāt par attention dilā rahē haĩ ki parivār mē̃ jō kisī bhī halchal mē̃ pās|pass hō jātē haĩ , vyarth nahī̃ chaltā hai , unhē̃ dūsrō̃ kō aisā banānā hai . sirph[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.kō] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . only continue[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , x[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] therefore BapDada this matter (at|other) attention x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that family in that (anything|some) too upheaval in (x|pass) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , wasteful not continue[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.kō] other to such create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
128You are not going to make just yourself move along in this way, but make others move along in the same way too, because this is why BapDada is drawing your attention to this: Those in the family who pass in any upheaval and who do not have any waste have to make others like that too.
100अभी तो आप अपने-अपने सेन्टर पर कितने रहते हो , चलो ज्यादा में ज्यादा 25-50 , इतने होते नहीं हैं लेकिन मानों बड़े स्थान हैं , उसमें भी 50-60 अच्छा ज्यादा में ज्यादा 100 भी समझो , इतने हैं नहीं लेकिन समझ लो , तो बापदादा ने सभी सेन्टर्स के बच्चों को लास्ट को भी अपना प्यारा कहके चलाया और प्यार की निशानी है रोज़ बापदादा यादप्यार क्या देता ? abhī tō āp apnē-apnē centre par kitnē rahtē hō , chalō jyādā mē̃ jyādā 25-50 , itnē hōtē nahī̃ haĩ lēkin mānō̃ baṛē sthān haĩ , usmē̃ bhī 50-60 achchhā jyādā mē̃ jyādā 100 bhī samjhō , itnē haĩ nahī̃ lēkin samajh lō , tō bāpdādā nē sabhī centres kē|K bachchō̃ kō last kō bhī apnā pyārā kahkē chalāyā aur pyār kī|key niśhānī hai rōz bāpdādā yādpyār kyā dētā ? ab[adv.hī] tō āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] 25-50 , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin mānō̃ baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] 50-60 achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] 100 bhī[p.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] lēkin samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] last kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[conj.] chalānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rōz bāpdādā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? now then you one’s own centre (at|other) so remain[pres.pl.m.2] , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] at the most 25-50 , such be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but just consider very place be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] too 50-60 achcha at the most 100 too understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , such be[pres.pl.12hon3] not but understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , then BapDada ∅ all centre (of|K) child to last to too (one’s own|adopt[root]) loving say[conj.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] and love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] day BapDada love, remembrance what give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
129At present, how many of you live at your centres? 130At the most, it may be a maximum of 25 to 50; there aren't that many, but if it is a big place, perhaps there may be 50 to 60, or at the most, say there may be a 100. There aren't that many, but just think that there are many. 131BapDada has made the children of all centres, even the last one, move along saying he is a loved child. 132The sign of love is? 133What is the love and remembrance that BapDada gives every day?
101मीठे मीठे , जानता है खट्टे भी हैं लेकिन मीठे खट्टे कभी यादप्यार में कहा है ? mīṭhē mīṭhē , jāntā hai khaṭṭē bhī haĩ lēkin mīṭhē khaṭṭē kabhī yādpyār mē̃ kahā hai ? mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] khaṭṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khaṭṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? sweet sweet , know[pres.sg.m.23] sour too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but sweet sour ever love, remembrance in say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
134Sweet, sweet children (sweetest children). 135Knowing that there are also sour children, has Baba ever given love and remembrance saying, "Sweet and sour children"?
102उन्हों को भी लाडले कहता है , न सिर्फ कहता है लेकिन मेरा बच्चा है , मेरे भाव से चलाता है क्योंकि ड्रामा में , माला में सब एक नम्बर नहीं हैं , यह रिजल्ट है . unhō̃ kō bhī lāḍlē kahtā hai , na sirph kahtā hai lēkin mērā bachchā hai , mērē bhāv sē chalātā hai kyōṅki drama mē̃ , mālā mē̃ sab ēk number nahī̃ haĩ , yah result hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , na[neg] sirph[adj.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chalānā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki drama mē̃[postp.] , mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] number nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that to too x say[pres.sg.m.23] , not only say[pres.sg.m.23] but I[.kā] child be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kē] consciousness from x[pres.sg.m.23] because drama in , garland in all one number not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this result be[pres.sg.23] .
136He calls them loved ones too, and not only does He say this, but He believes that that child is "My child". 137He makes that one move along with the feeling that he belongs to Him, because He knows that, within the drama and the rosary, not everyone is number one, that that is the result.
103संस्कार भिन्न-भिन्न होते हैं , होना है , नहीं तो सब राजा बन जायें , प्रजा कौन बनेगा ! saṅskār bhinn-bhinn hōtē haĩ , hōnā hai , nahī̃ tō sab rājā ban jāyē̃ , prajā kaun banēgā ! saṅskār[x] bhinn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , nahī̃ tō[x] sab[adj.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] ! sanskar different be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , otherwise all king become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , x who become[fut.m.sg.23] !
138There are different sanskars and there have to be; otherwise, everyone would be a king: who would then be the subjects?
104राज्य किस पर करेंगे ? rājya kis par karē̃gē ? rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? kingdom (who|what) (at|other) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 105अच्छी प्रजा भी तो चाहिए , रॉयल प्रजा , राजधानी है ना . achchhī prajā bhī tō chāhiē , royal prajā , rājdhānī hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . achcha x too then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , royal x , kingdom be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
139Over whom would you rule? 140Good people are also needed - royal people; this is a kingdom.
106ऐसे हर एक अपने को चेक करे , परिवार में किसी भी बात में संस्कार खराब हैं , लेकिन मेरा संस्कार क्या ? aisē har ēk apnē kō check karē , parivār mē̃ kisī bhī bāt mē̃ saṅskār kharāb haĩ , lēkin mērā saṅskār kyā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.sg.23] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saṅskār[x] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] kyā ? such each one one’s own to check do[opt.sg.23] , family in (anything|some) too matter in sanskar bad be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but I[.kā] sanskar what ?
141In this way, each one should check the self. 142Within a family, someone may have bad sanskars in some respect, but what are your sanskars?
107अगर खराब को देख मेरा संस्कार भी खराब हो गया , तो मैं भी तो खराब हो गया . agar kharāb kō dēkh mērā saṅskār bhī kharāb hō gayā , tō maĩ bhī tō kharāb hō gayā . agar kharāb[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] bhī[p.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō kharāb[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . if bad to see[root] I[.kā] sanskar too bad be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , then I too then bad be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
143If seeing the bad sanskars of someone else your sanskars also become bad, then you too have become bad.
108खराब अच्छे को भी बदल लेता है . kharāb achchhē kō bhī badal lētā hai . kharāb[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . bad achcha to too change[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .
144The bad also spoils the good.
109बाप ने स्थापना के समय 350-400 को इकठ्ठा सम्भाला है , इतना तो अभी किसी का इकठ्ठा रहने वाला परिवार नहीं है . bāp nē sthāpanā kē|K samay 350-400 kō ikaṭhṭhā sambhālā hai , itnā tō abhī kisī kā ikaṭhṭhā rahnē vālā parivār nahī̃ hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] 350-400 kō[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambhālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō ab[adv.hī] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father ∅ establishment (of|K) time 350-400 to together be careful[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such then now (anything|some) of together remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who family not be[pres.sg.23] .
145At the time of establishment, BapDada has looked after 350 to 400 all together. 146At present, no one has a family living together like that.
110चलो , ड्युटी अलग अलग है लेकिन वह ड्युटी है और परिवार में ड्युटी है . chalō , duty alag alag hai lēkin vah duty hai aur parivār mē̃ duty hai . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , duty alag[adj.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] duty hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] duty hōnā[pres.sg.23] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , duty separate separate be[pres.sg.23] but that duty be[pres.sg.23] and family in duty be[pres.sg.23] .
147OK, you may have different duties, but that is a duty and in a family there are duties.
111रिवाजी परिवार , रिवाजी ड्युटी , रिवाजी रीति से दिनचर्या बिताना , यह नहीं है , न्यारा और प्यारा परिवार है . rivājī parivār , rivājī duty , rivājī rīti sē dincharyā bitānā , yah nahī̃ hai , nyārā aur pyārā parivār hai . rivājī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rivājī[adj.] duty , rivājī[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] bitānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x family , x duty , x way from timetable take[inf.m.sg.d.] , this not be[pres.sg.23] , unique and loving family be[pres.sg.23] .
148An ordinary family, ordinary duty, you spend the day in an ordinary way. 149It is not like that. 150This is a unique and lovely family.
112इसमें डिस्टर्ब होना , फिर बहाना तो यह देते कि इसने किया तब यह हुआ . ismē̃ disturb hōnā , phir bahānā tō yah dētē ki isnē kiyā tab yah huā . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] disturb hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.nē] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tab yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this[.mē̃] disturb be[inf.m.sg.d.] , (then|turn[root]) (shed[inf.m.sg.d.]|shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) then this give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that this[.nē] do[past-part.m.sg.d.] for only then this be[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 113यह किया तो यह हुआ , लेकिन बाप के आगे भी क्या आपोजीशन नहीं हुई ! yah kiyā tō yah huā , lēkin bāp kē āgē bhī kyā opposition nahī̃ huī ! yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] bhī[p.] kyā opposition nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] ! this do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then this be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but father in front of too what opposition not be[past-part.f.] !
151To be disturbed in this and then you give the excuse that it happened because that one did that; that happened because that one did that.... 152However, did the father not have to face any opposition?
114भागन्ती भी हुए ना ! bhāgantī bhī huē nā ! bhāgnā bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā ! run too be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ !
153There were those who went away!
115यह आपोजीशन नहीं है ! yah opposition nahī̃ hai ! yah[pn.sg.d.] opposition nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! this opposition not be[pres.sg.23] !
154Was that not opposition?
116लेकिन बाप ने फिर भी कहा , कोई भागन्ती भी हो गये तो भी टोली भेजो , उनको बुलाने की कोशिश करो , सर्विस करो , याद दिलाओ . lēkin bāp nē phir bhī kahā , kōī bhāgantī bhī hō gayē tō bhī ṭōlī bhējō , unkō bulānē kī|key kōśhiśh karō , service karō , yād dilāō . lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] phir bhī[x] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kōī[pn.;d.] bhāgnā bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō bhī[x] ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.pl.kō] bulānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yād dilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but father ∅ nevertheless say[past-part.m.sg.d.] , some run too be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ toli x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that[.kō] call[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , remind .
155Even then, though some went away, the Father said: Send them toli and try to call them back. 156Serve them and remind them.
117ऐसे चार ही निश्चय में पास होना है वा तीन में , दो में ? aisē chār hī niśhchay mē̃ pās|pass hōnā hai vā tīn mē̃ , dō mē̃ ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] vā tīn[adj.] mē̃[postp.] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ? such four only faith in (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or x in , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) in ?
157So, do you have to pass in having all four types of faith, or just three or two?
118नम्बरवन होना है . number one hōnā hai . number one hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . number one be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
158You have to claim number one.
119इसके लिए विनाश की तैयारियां होते भी अभी विनाश रूका हुआ है . iskē liē vināśh kī|key taiyāriyā̃ hōtē bhī abhī vināśh rūkā huā hai . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taiyārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) destruction (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too now destruction stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
159For this, though the preparations for destruction are made, destruction is still waiting to take place.
120प्रकृति भी बाप के पास आती है , प्रकृति भी कहती अब बहुत बोझ हो गया है . prakr̥iti bhī bāp kē pās ātī hai , prakr̥iti bhī kahtī ab bahut bōjh hō gayā hai . prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-part.f.] ab[adv.] bahut bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . matter too father to come[pres.sg.f.23] , matter too say[pres-part.f.] now very burden be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
160Nature comes to the Father. 161Nature, the elements, says: Now, the burden is too much!
121प्रकृति भी बोझ से छूटने चाहती है . prakr̥iti bhī bōjh sē chhūṭnē chāhtī hai . prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chhūṭnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.sg.f.23] . matter too burden from let go[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.sg.f.23] .
162Even the elements want to be liberated from the burden.
122माया भी कहती है कि मैं जानती हूँ कि मेरा पार्ट अभी जाने वाला है लेकिन ब्राह्मण परिवार में ऐसे भी बच्चे हैं जो छोटी बात में मेरे साथी बन जाते हैं . māyā bhī kahtī hai ki maĩ jāntī hū̃ ki mērā part abhī jānē vālā hai lēkin brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ aisē bhī bachchē haĩ jō chhōṭī bāt mē̃ mērē sāthī ban jātē haĩ . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.sg.f.1] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Maya too say[pres.sg.f.23] that I know[pres.sg.f.1] that I[.kā] part now (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who be[pres.sg.23] but Brahmin family in such too child be[pres.pl.12hon3] that small matter in I[.kē] companion become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
163Maya also says: I know that my part is now about to finish, but there are such children in the Brahmin family who become my companions over trivial matters.
123बिठा देते हैं मेरे को . biṭhā dētē haĩ mērē kō . biṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] . x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] I[.kē] to .
164They make me sit down with them.
124तो अपना राज्य लाने में यह चार निश्चय परसेन्ट में हैं इसलिए समय भी रूक रहा है . tō apnā rājya lānē mē̃ yah chār niśhchay percent mē̃ haĩ isliē samay bhī rūk rahā hai . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chār[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] percent mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ruknā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in this four faith % in be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore time too stop[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
165In bringing about your own kingdom, faith in these four things is still a percentage and this is why time is also waiting.
125बाकी माया और प्रकृति दोनों रेडी हैं . bākī māyā aur prakr̥iti dōnō̃ ready haĩ . bākī|bākī māyā[n.f.;sg.] aur prakr̥iti[x] dōnō̃ ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (others|but) Maya and matter x ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
166However, both Maya and nature are ready.
126अब बताओ आर्डर करें ? ab batāō order karē̃ ? ab[adv.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? now tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] order do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
167Now, speak: Should Baba give them an order?
127बच्चे अगर एवररेडी नहीं हैं तो माया और प्रकृति को आर्डर करें ? bachchē agar ever ready nahī̃ haĩ tō māyā aur prakr̥iti kō order karē̃ ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] agar ever ready nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] aur prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] order karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? child if ever-ready not be[pres.pl.12hon3] then Maya and matter to order do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
168If the children are not ever-ready, should Baba give an order to Maya and nature?
128करें ? karē̃ ? karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
169Should He?
129हाथ उठो . hāth uṭhō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
170Raise your hands!
130तैयार हो ? taiyār hō ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
171Are you ready?
131ऐसे नहीं हाथ उठाओ . aisē nahī̃ hāth uṭhāō . aisē nahī̃[x] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . it isn't that raise your hands .
172Do not raise your hands just like that!
132पेपर आयेगा , आयेगा पेपर . paper āyēgā , āyēgā paper . paper ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , ānā[fut.m.sg.23] paper . paper come[fut.m.sg.23] , come[fut.m.sg.23] paper .
173A test will come; a paper will come.
133एवररेडी ? ever ready ? ever ready ? ever-ready ?
174Are you ever-ready?
134अभी बापदादा की हर बच्चे में यही आशा है कि कैसे को मिटाके ऐसे करो . abhī bāpdādā kī|key har|her bachchē mē̃ yahī āśhā hai ki kaisē kō miṭākē aisē karō . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] miṭānā[abs.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[root]|x) child in this desire be[pres.sg.23] that how to x[abs.] such do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
175Now, BapDada has the hope in each child that you finish "kaise?" (how?) and instead say, "aise!" (like this!).
135कैसे करूं , कैसे हो , नहीं . kaisē karū̃ , kaisē hō , nahī̃ . kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , nahī̃[neg] . how do[opt.sg.1] , how (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , not .
176Not "How should I do it? 177How will it happen?"
136ऐसे हो . aisē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
178Instead, "It is like this".
137क्या करें नहीं , ऐसे करें . kyā karē̃ nahī̃ , aisē karē̃ . kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . what do[opt.pl.12hon3] not , such do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
179Not, "What shall I do?" but "Do it like this."
138यह आश कब तक पूरी करेंगे ? yah āśh kab tak pūrī karē̃gē ? yah[pn.sg.d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] kab tak pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this desire when until (puri|full) do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
180By when will you satisfy this hope?
139कितना टाइम चाहिए ? kitnā time chāhiē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
181How much time do you need?
140क्योंकि सभी को तैयार होना है . kyōṅki sabhī kō taiyār hōnā hai . kyōṅki sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because all to x be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
182Everyone has to become ready.
141अगर आप तैयार हो , हाथ उठाया , तो उन्हों का काम क्या है ? agar āp taiyār hō , hāth uṭhāyā , tō unhō̃ kā kām kyā hai ? agar āp[pn.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? if you x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , raise your hands , then that of (lust|task) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
183If you are ready and have put your hand up, then what is your duty?
142एक दो को आप समान बनाना . ēk dō kō āp samān banānā . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to you equal create[inf.m.sg.d.] .
184To make one another equal to yourself.
143जिन्होंने हाथ उठाया , वह आप समान बना सकते हो ? jinhōnnē hāth uṭhāyā , vah āp samān banā saktē hō ? jō[pn.pl.nē] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? that[.nē] raise your hands , that you equal create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
185Those of you who have raised your hands, are you able to make others like yourself?
144परिवार को तैयार कर सकते हो ? parivār kō taiyār kar saktē hō ? parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? family to x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
186Are you able to make the family ready?
145इसमें हाथ उठाओ . ismē̃ hāth uṭhāō . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.mē̃] raise your hands .
187Raise your hands for this!
146कर सकते हैं ? kar saktē haĩ ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
188Are you able to do this?
147अच्छा कितना टाइम चाहिए ? achchhā kitnā time chāhiē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? achcha so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
189OK, how much time do you need?
148कितना टाइम चाहिए ? kitnā time chāhiē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
190How much time do you need?
149एक वर्ष . ēk varṣh . ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . one year .
191One year?
150कितना चाहिए ? kitnā chāhiē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? so (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
192How much do you need?
151कितना टाइम चाहिए ? kitnā time chāhiē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
193How much time do you need?
152टीचर्स बतावें कितना टाइम चाहिए ? teachers batāvē̃ kitnā time chāhiē ? teacher batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? teacher tell[opt.pl.12hon3] so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
194Teachers, you should say how much time you need.
153पाण्डव बतावें ना ! pāṇḍav batāvē̃ nā ! pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] nā ! Pandava tell[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
195Pandavas, speak!
154हाथ तो उठाया , कितना टाइम चाहिए . hāth tō uṭhāyā , kitnā time chāhiē . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . hand then uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] , so time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
196You raised your hands, so how much time do you need?
155परिवार है , तो परिवार में सहयोग तो देना पड़ेगा ना . parivār hai , tō parivār mē̃ sahyōg tō dēnā paṛēgā nā . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] nā . family be[pres.sg.23] , then family in cooperation then give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ∅ .
197It is a family and so you do have to give co-operation in a family.
156परिवार से कट तो होंगे नहीं , छोड़के जाना तो है नहीं , रहना तो यहाँ ही है तो परिवार को भी तैयार करना पड़ेगा ना . parivār sē kaṭ tō hōṅgē nahī̃ , chhōṛkē jānā tō hai nahī̃ , rahnā tō yahā̃ hī hai tō parivār kō bhī taiyār karnā paṛēgā nā . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kaṭnā[root]|kaṭ[x] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] , chhōṛnā[abs.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō yahā̃ hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] nā . family from (be cut away[root]|x) then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not , renounce[abs.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) then be[pres.sg.23] not , remain[inf.m.sg.d.] then here only be[pres.sg.23] then family to too x do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] ∅ .
198You cannot cut yourself off from the family. 199You are not going to leave the family. 200You have to live here, and so you will have to get the family ready, will you not?
157लौकिक में भी जब अच्छी बुद्धि थी , ( आजकल नहीं ) तो एक दो के सहयोगी बन आगे बढ़ाते थे , गांव को भी अपना परिवार समझते थे और यह तो अलौकिक परिवार है क्योंकि खिटखिट जो होती है , माया जो आती है वह परिवार की बात में आती है , सम्बन्ध में आती है , वेस्ट थॉट्स सम्बन्ध के कनेक्शन में चलते हैं . laukik mē̃ bhī jab achchhī buddhi thī , ( ājkal nahī̃ ) tō ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī ban āgē baṛhātē thē , gānv kō bhī apnā parivār samajhtē thē aur yah tō alaukik parivār hai kyōṅki khiṭkhiṭ jō hōtī hai , māyā jō ātī hai vah parivār kī|key bāt mē̃ ātī hai , sambandh mē̃ ātī hai , waste|west thoughts sambandh kē|K connection mē̃ chaltē haĩ . laukik[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jab achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] , ( ājkal nahī̃[neg] ) tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē baṛhānā[hab-past.pl.m.] , gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] tō alaukik[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki khiṭ-khiṭ jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , waste|west thought sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K connection mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . worldly in too when achcha intellect be[past.f] , ( nowadays not ) then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) co-operative (become[root]|x) previously increase[hab-past.pl.m.] , village to too (one’s own|adopt[root]) family understand[hab-past.pl.m.] and this then alokik family be[pres.sg.23] because complication that be[pres.sg.f.23] , Maya that come[pres.sg.f.23] that family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter in come[pres.sg.f.23] , relationship in come[pres.sg.f.23] , (waste|west) thought relationship (of|K) connection in continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
201In worldly life too, when they had good intellects, not nowadays, they used to be co-operative with one another and make them move ahead. 202They would consider the village to be their family; so this is the alokik family. 203The conflict that arises, the Maya that comes, it all comes in family situations, in relationships. 204Waste thoughts arise in connection with relationships.
158तो हाथ उठाने वाले बतायेंगे ? tō hāth uṭhānē vālē batāyēṅgē ? tō hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
205So, will those who raised their hands speak?
159क्या बोलते हैं ? kyā bōltē haĩ ? kyā bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? what speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
206What are you saying?
160कोई बोले , माइक दो . kōī bōlē , mike dō . kōī[pn.;d.] bōlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bōlnā[opt.sg.23] , mike dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . some (speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|speak[opt.sg.23]) , mike (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
207Someone speak! 208Give them the mike!
161 ( इसी सीजन में पूरा करेंगे ) इसके साथ जो हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . ( isī season mē̃ pūrā karē̃gē ) iskē sāth jō haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . ( yah[pn.sg.hī] season mē̃[postp.] pūrā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ) yah[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( this[.hī] season in make full ) this[.kē] with that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .
209(We will accomplish this during this season.) 210Those who are with him, raise your hands!
162यह फोटो निकालना . yah phōṭō nikālnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this photograph x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
211Take a photograph of this.
163टीचर्स , इस सीजन में एक दो को सहयोग देकर , एक दो को भी आगे बढ़ाके और बाप की आशा को पूर्ण करेंगे , ठीक है ? teachers , is season mē̃ ēk dō kō sahyōg dēkar , ēk dō kō bhī āgē baṛhākē aur bāp kī|key āśhā kō pūrṇ karē̃gē , ṭhīk hai ? teacher , yah[pn.sg.o.] season mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] , ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhānā[abs.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? teacher , this season in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to cooperation give[abs.] , one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to too previously increase[abs.] and father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire to x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
212Teachers, this season, you will give one another your co-operation, make each other move forward and fulfil the Father's hopes, will you not? 213Is that OK?
164इसमें हाथ उठाओ . ismē̃ hāth uṭhāō . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.mē̃] raise your hands .
214Raise your hands for this!
165हाथ तो उठाके खुश कर दिया . hāth tō uṭhākē khuśh kar diyā . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō uṭhānā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . hand then uplift[abs.] happy do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
215You raised your hands and pleased Baba.
166अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
216It is good.
167बाप कहते हैं एक बल एक भरोसा . bāp kahtē haĩ ēk bal ēk bharōsā . bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ēk[adj.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bharōsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . the Father says one strength one guarantee .
217The Father says: One strength and one support.
168अगर दोनों ही बातें हैं तो क्या नहीं हो सकता है ! agar dōnō̃ hī bātē̃ haĩ tō kyā nahī̃ hō saktā hai ! agar dōnō̃ hī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! if x only matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] then what not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
218If you have both these things, then what is not possible?
169बाप ने कितने थोड़े समय में स्थापना का पार्ट बजाया ! bāp nē kitnē thōṛē samay mē̃ sthāpanā kā part bajāyā ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! father ∅ so short time in establishment of play one's part !
219The father played his part of establishment for such a short time.
170अभी तो सब नॉलेजफुल बन गये हैं . abhī tō sab knowledgeful ban gayē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] tō sab[adj.] knowledgeful bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . now then all knowledgeful become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
220Now, all have become knowledge-full.
171डबल लाइट भी बन गये हैं . double light bhī ban gayē haĩ . double light[x] bhī[p.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . double-light too become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
221You have also become double light.
172बापदादा जानते हैं कि यह सबजेक्ट थोड़ा अटेन्शन देने की है . bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki yah subject thōṛā attention dēnē kī hai . bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] subject thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this subject short attention give[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
222BapDada knows that you have to pay a little attention to this subject.
173पहले भी काम दिया था कि कम से कम एक सेन्टर जो है वह भी निर्विघ्न बने , सेन्टर के बाद ज़ोन बने , चलो ज़ोन भी छोड़ो , हर एक शहर समझो , कोई भी शहर है , दिल्ली है , अहमदाबाद है , कलकत्ता है , कोई एक कलकत्ता भी निर्विघ्न बन जाए , कलकत्ते के , दिल्ली के भी बैठे हैं और यह जिसका टर्न है कर्नाटक , कर्नाटक की सब टीचर्स बैठी हैं . pahlē bhī kām diyā thā ki kam sē kam ēk centre jō hai vah bhī nirvighna banē , centre kē bād zone banē , chalō zone bhī chhōṛō , har ēk śhahar samjhō , kōī bhī śhahar hai , dillī hai , ahamadābād hai , kalkattā hai , kōī ēk kalkattā bhī nirvighna ban jāē , kalkattē kē|K , dillī kē|K bhī baiṭhē haĩ aur yah jiskā turn hai karnāṭak , karnāṭak kī|key sab teachers baiṭhī haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] kam sē kam[x] ēk[adj.] centre jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , centre kē bād[x] zone bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zone bhī[p.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , har ēk[x] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ahamadābād hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kalkattā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] kalkattā bhī[p.] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , kalkattā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kā] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sab[adj.] teacher baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . (x|firstly) too (lust|task) give[past-perf.m.sg.] that at least one centre that be[pres.sg.23] that too free from obstacles (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , centre after zone (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zone too renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , each one city understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anyone city be[pres.sg.23] , Delhi be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , some one x too free from obstacles become[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , x (of|K) , Delhi (of|K) too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and this that[.kā] you be[pres.sg.23] Karnataka , Karnataka (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all teacher sit[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
223Earlier, too, Baba gave you the homework, that at least one centre should become free from obstacles. 224After the centre, a zone can become that. 225Let alone a zone, each city, any city, Delhi, Ahmedabad, Calcutta. 226Any one city can become free from obstacles, even if Calcutta alone becomes free from obstacles. 227There are those from Calcutta and Delhi sitting here, and those whose turn it is this time. 228Karnataka, all the teachers from Karnataka are sitting here.
174कर्नाटक का एक एक सेन्टर और सेन्टर के कनेक्शन में जो हैं वह भी अगर एक हो जाएं तो उस ज़ोन को , शहर को भी बापदादा इनाम देगा . karnāṭak kā ēk ēk centre aur centre kē|K connection mē̃ jō haĩ vah bhī agar ēk hō jāē̃ tō us zone kō , śhahar kō bhī bāpdādā inām dēgā . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] centre aur centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K connection mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] agar ēk[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] zone kō[postp.] , śhahar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . Karnataka of one one centre and centre (of|K) connection in that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that too if one be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then that zone to , city to too BapDada prize give[fut.m.sg.23] .
229If each centre of Karnataka and all those in connection with the centre were to become one, BapDada would give that zone, that city, a prize.
175अच्छी सौगात देंगे , कोई निमित्त बनके दिखाये . achchhī saugāt dēgē , kōī nimitt bankē dikhāyē . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . achcha gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , some instrument become[abs.] x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
230Baba would give a good prize. 231Someone should just become an instrument and demonstrate this.
176मुख्य सेन्टर और उसके साथी सेन्टर , सारा परिवार तो बनना है ही लेकिन अभी तक रिजल्ट नहीं है . mukhya centre aur uskē sāthī centre , sārā parivār tō bannā hai hī lēkin abhī tak result nahī̃ hai . mukhya[adj.] centre aur uskā[pn.sg.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] centre , sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] hī[p.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak result nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . main centre and of that[.kē] companion centre , the whole family then become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] only but now until result not be[pres.sg.23] .
232The main centres and the centres connected with those. 233The whole family definitely has to become one, but, as yet, that result has not been achieved.
177चलो मधुबन वालों ने हाथ उठाया है , अच्छा है . chalō madhuban vālō̃ nē hāth uṭhāyā hai , achchhā hai . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Madhuban those who ∅ raise your hands , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
234OK, those from Madhuban raised their hands; that is good.
178क्या नहीं कर सकते हैं . kyā nahī̃ kar saktē haĩ . kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . what not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
235What can you not achieve?
179लेकिन करना पड़ेगा . lēkin karnā paṛēgā . lēkin karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . but do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
236However, you will have to do it.
180ठीक है ना ! ṭhīk hai nā ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
237Is that OK?
181पसन्द है ? pasand hai ? pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? love be[pres.sg.23] ?
238Do you like it?
182सभी को पसन्द है ? sabhī kō pasand hai ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all to love be[pres.sg.23] ?
239Do you all like it?
183लेकिन बापदादा ने इस सीजन के पहले सीजन में तीन चार बार कहा है , कोई की भी अभी तक रिजल्ट नहीं आई है . lēkin bāpdādā nē is season kē|K pahlē season mē̃ tīn chār bār kahā hai , kōī kī|key bhī abhī tak result nahī̃ āī hai . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] season mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] tak result nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . but BapDada ∅ this season (of|K) (x|firstly) season in x four time say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , some (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too now until result not come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
240However, before this season, BapDada told you this three or four times in the previous season, but no one has as yet given that result.
184क्या यह समझते हो कि यह भी बात अचानक होनी है ? kyā yah samajhtē hō ki yah bhī bāt achānak hōnī hai ? kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? what this understand[pres.pl.m.2] that this too matter suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
241Do you think that this is going to happen suddenly too?
185चलो अचानक हो भी जाए लेकिन बापदादा ने कहा है कि बहुत समय का अभ्यास चाहिए तब ही बहुतकाल का अधिकार प्राप्त करेंगे . chalō achānak hō bhī jāē lēkin bāpdādā nē kahā hai ki bahut samay kā abhyās chāhiē tab hī bahutkāl kā adhikār prāpt karē̃gē . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achānak hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhī[p.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] tab hī[p.] bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] prāpt karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] suddenly (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) too (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) but BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very time of practice (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) for only then only a long period of time of right reach .
242OK, it may happen suddenly, but BapDada has told you that practice over a long period of time is needed, because only then will you claim a right for a long period of time.
186तो अभी क्या करना है ? tō abhī kyā karnā hai ? tō ab[adv.hī] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then now what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
243So, what are we going to do now?
187लगन की अग्नि को जलाओ . lagan kī|key agni kō jalāō . lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key agni[x] kō[postp.] jalānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fire to burn[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
244Make the fire of deep love intense.
188करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
245You definitely have to do it.
189इसके लिए एक बात में सभी पास भी हैं , हाथ उठाओ , जो समझता है बापदादा से हमारे दिल का प्यार 100 परसेन्ट है . iskē liē ēk bāt mē̃ sabhī pās|pass bhī haĩ , hāth uṭhāō , jō samajhtā hai bāpdādā sē hamārē dil kā pyār 100 percent hai . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] pās|pass bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] bāpdādā sē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 100 percent hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) one matter in all (x|pass) too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , raise your hands , that understand[pres.sg.m.23] BapDada from we[.kē] heart of love 100 % be[pres.sg.23] .
246In this, all of you have passed in one thing. 247Those who think that you have 100% love for BapDada in your heart, raise your hands!
190100 परसेन्ट है ? 100 percent hai ? 100 percent hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? 100 % be[pres.sg.23] ?
248100%?
191लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . lambā hāth uṭhāō . lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x raise your hands .
249Raise your hands high!
192तो प्यार का रिटर्न क्या होता है ? tō pyār kā return kyā hōtā hai ? tō pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then love of return what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
250So, what is the return of love?
193प्यार का रिटर्न होता है समान बनना , सम्पन्न बनना , सम्पूर्ण बनना . pyār kā return hōtā hai samān bannā , sampann bannā , sampūrṇ bannā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . love of return be[pres.sg.m.23] equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] , full become[inf.m.sg.d.] , complete become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
251The return of love is to become equal, to become complete, to become perfect.
194तो अभी बापदादा एक ड्रिल बताता है , सभी कहते हैं बापदादा दोनों से प्यार है , हाथ उठाया , होंगे तो नम्बरवार लेकिन हाथ उठाया तो बापदादा मानते हैं . tō abhī bāpdādā ēk drill batātā hai , sabhī kahtē haĩ bāpdādā dōnō̃ sē pyār hai , hāth uṭhāyā , hōṅgē tō number-vār lēkin hāth uṭhāyā tō bāpdādā māntē haĩ . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] drill batānā[pres.sg.m.23] , sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bāpdādā dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō number-wār lēkin hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bāpdādā mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then now BapDada one drill tell[pres.sg.m.23] , all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] BapDada x from love be[pres.sg.23] , raise your hands , be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then numberwise but raise your hands then BapDada x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
252So, BapDada is now going to show you one drill. 253All of you say that you have love for both Bap and Dada. 254You raised your hands. 255It would be numberwise but you raised your hands and so BapDada believes you.
195दोनों से प्यार है ना . dōnō̃ sē pyār hai nā . dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
256You have love for both, do you not?
196ब्रह्मा बाप से और शिव बाप से दोनों से प्यार है ना ! brahmā bāp sē aur śhiv bāp sē dōnō̃ sē pyār hai nā ! brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! Brahma father from and Shiva father from x from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
257You have love for Father Brahma and Father Shiva.
197दोनों से है ? dōnō̃ sē hai ? dōnō̃ sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x from be[pres.sg.23] ?
258You have love for both, do you not?
198हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
259Raise your hands!
199अच्छा , दोनों से है . achchhā , dōnō̃ sē hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dōnō̃ sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , x from be[pres.sg.23] .
260Achcha. 261You have love for both.
200बहुत अच्छा धन्यवाद . bahut achchhā dhanyavād . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhanyavād[n.m.;sg.,d.] . very achcha dhanyavad .
262Very good. 263Thank you.
201अच्छा , दोनों के समान बनने चाहते हो . achchhā , dōnō̃ kē|K samān bannē chāhtē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . achcha , x (of|K) equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.2] .
264OK, you wish to become equal to both.
202हाथ नहीं उठाओ , कांध हिलाओ . hāth nahī̃ uṭhāō , kāndh hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand not uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
265Do not raise your hands, but nod!
203अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
266Achcha.
204दोनों से प्यार है तो शिव बाप है निराकारी , ठीक है और ब्रह्मा बाप है फरिश्ता . dōnō̃ sē pyār hai tō śhiv bāp hai nirākārī , ṭhīk hai aur brahmā bāp hai phariśhtā . dōnō̃ sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nirākār[adj.] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . x from love be[pres.sg.23] then Shiva father be[pres.sg.23] incorporeal , OK be[pres.sg.23] and Brahma father be[pres.sg.23] angel .
267You have love for both, and Father Shiva is incorporeal, right? 268And Father Brahma is an angel.
205फरिश्ता है ना ! phariśhtā hai nā ! phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! angel be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
269He is an angel, is he not?
206तो कल से नहीं , आज से ही अभी से सारे दिन में दोनों बाप से प्यार है तो कभी अपने को निराकार बाप समान निराकारी स्थिति में अभ्यास करो , फालो फादर . tō kal sē nahī̃ , āj sē hī abhī sē sārē din mē̃ dōnō̃ bāp sē pyār hai tō kabhī apnē kō nirākār bāp samān nirākārī sthiti mē̃ abhyās karō , follow father . tō kal sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , āj sē[postp.] hī[p.] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dōnō̃ bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kabhī[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nirākār[adj.] bāp samān[x] nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , follow father[x] . then x from not , today from only now from the whole day in x father from love be[pres.sg.23] then ever one’s own to incorporeal equal to the Father incorporeal stage in practice do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , follow the Father .
270So not from tomorrow, but from today, from now, during the whole day, you have love for both, and so sometimes practise the incorporeal stage the same as the incorporeal Father. 271Follow Father!
207और कभी फरिश्ता बनकरके साकार रूप ब्राह्मण नहीं , ब्राह्मण तो हो ही , कर्म भले करो लेकिन कर्म करते भी फरिश्ता स्थिति में रहो तो कर्म का बोझ प्रभाव नहीं डालेगा . aur kabhī phariśhtā bankarkē sākār rūp brāhmaṇ nahī̃ , brāhmaṇ tō hō hī , karma bhalē karō lēkin karma kartē bhī phariśhtā sthiti mē̃ rahō tō karma kā bōjh prabhāv nahī̃ ḍālēgā . aur kabhī[adv.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[abs.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ḍālnā[fut.m.sg.23] . and ever angel become[abs.] sakar Rup Brahmin not , Brahmin then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only , deed benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too angel stage in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then deed of burden x not create[fut.m.sg.23] .
272Then sometimes become an angel, not the corporeal Brahmin form. 273You are Brahmins anyway. 274You may perform actions, but while performing actions, stay in the angelic form and the burden of the action will not influence you in any way.
208ब्रह्मा बाप से प्यार है तो ब्रह्मा बाप ने कर्म सब किया , निमित्त बना लेकिन ब्रह्मा बाप के ऊपर कितना बोझ था . brahmā bāp sē pyār hai tō brahmā bāp nē karma sab kiyā , nimitt banā lēkin brahmā bāp kē ūpar kitnā bōjh thā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[root]|bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē ūpar[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] . Brahma father from love be[pres.sg.23] then Brahma father ∅ deed all do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , instrument (create[root]|become[past-part.m.sg.d.]) but Brahma father over so burden be[past.m.sg] .
275You have love for Father Brahma and he performed all types of actions. 276He became an instrument, and how many burdens did Father Brahma have?
209आप कोई के ऊपर इतना बोझ नहीं है , है कोई , ब्रह्मा बाप से ज्यादा किसके ऊपर बोझ है , जिम्मेवारी है ? āp kōī kē ūpar itnā bōjh nahī̃ hai , hai kōī , brahmā bāp sē jyādā kiskē ūpar bōjh hai , jimmēvārī hai ? āp[pn.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] kē ūpar[x] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kē] ūpar bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you some over such burden not be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.23] some , Brahma father from more who[.kē] over burden be[pres.sg.23] , responsibility be[pres.sg.23] ?
277None of you have as many burdens. 278Is there anyone who has a burden or responsibility greater than that of Father Brahma?
210वह हाथ उठाओ . vah hāth uṭhāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that raise your hands .
279Then raise your hands!
211कोई नहीं उठाता . kōī nahī̃ uṭhātā . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some not uplift[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
280None of you are raising your hands.
212तो ब्रह्मा बाप ने इतनी जिम्मेवारी निभाते हुए कार्य में कैसे रहा , कर्म में भी फरिश्ता रूप रहा ना ! tō brahmā bāp nē itnī jimmēvārī nibhātē huē kārya mē̃ kaisē rahā , karma mē̃ bhī phariśhtā rūp rahā nā ! tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nibhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! then Brahma father ∅ such responsibility fulfil[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] task in how (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , deed in too angel Rup (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ !
281So, while fulfilling so much responsibility, what was Father Brahma like while carrying out all his tasks? 282Even in performing actions, he was in the angelic form, was he not?
213तो आपका भी ब्रह्मा बाप से प्यार है , तो कभी फरिश्ता रूप में रहो , कभी निराकार स्थिति में रहो , यह प्रैक्टिस , ब्रह्मा बाबा कहके ब्रह्मा बाप समान फरिश्ता बन जाओ और शिव निराकार बाप को याद कर निराकारी स्थिति में स्थित हो जाओ , यह कर सकते हो ? tō āpkā bhī brahmā bāp sē pyār hai , tō kabhī phariśhtā rūp mē̃ rahō , kabhī nirākār sthiti mē̃ rahō , yah practice , brahmā bābā kahkē brahmā bāp samān phariśhtā ban jāō aur śhiv nirākār bāp kō yād kar nirākārī sthiti mē̃ sthit hō jāō , yah kar saktē hō ? tō āp[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō kabhī[adv.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kabhī[adv.] nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] practice , brahmā bābā[x] kahnā[conj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] aur śhiv nirākār[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[root] nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? then you[.kā] too Brahma father from love be[pres.sg.23] , then ever angel Rup in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ever incorporeal stage in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this practice , x say[conj.] Brahma equal to the Father angel become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] and Shiva incorporeal father to remember incorporeal stage in stabilised be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
283So, you too have love for Father Brahma. 284So, practise sometimes staying in the angelic form and sometimes in the incorporeal stage. 285Saying Brahma Baba, become an angel the same as Father Brahma, and, remembering the incorporeal Father Shiva, become stable in the incorporeal stage. 286Are you able to do this?
214यह कर सकते हो या मुश्किल है ? yah kar saktē hō yā muśhkil hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] yā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] or difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
287Are you able to do this or is it difficult?
215जो कर सकते हैं बीच-बीच में , वह बीच-बीच में ऐसे करें जो लगातार हो जाए , अपने कर्म के हिसाब से जो आपकी दिनचर्या है उसके हिसाब से फिक्स करो . jō kar saktē haĩ bīch-bīch mē̃ , vah bīch-bīch mē̃ aisē karē̃ jō lagātār hō jāē , apnē karma kē|K hisāb sē jō āpkī dincharyā hai uskē hisāb sē fix karō . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] lagātār hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] uskā[pn.sg.kē] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] x , that x such do[opt.pl.12hon3] that x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , one’s own deed (of|K) account from that you[.kī] timetable be[pres.sg.23] of that[.kē] account from fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
288Those who are able to do it every now and then, do it every now and again such that it becomes continuous. 289Whatever is your daily duty, fix a time according to that.
216कम से कम सारे दिन में 12 बारी फरिश्ता बनो , 12 बारी निराकार स्थिति में स्थित रहो , यह कर सकते हो ? kam sē kam sārē din mē̃ 12 bārī phariśhtā banō , 12 bārī nirākār sthiti mē̃ sthit rahō , yah kar saktē hō ? kam sē kam[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 12 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 12 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nirākār[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? at least the whole day in 12 x angel become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , 12 x incorporeal stage in stabilised remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
290At the very least, every day become an angel 12 times and stay in the incorporeal stage 12 times; are you able to do this?
217हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
291Raise your hands!
218कर सकते हो ? kar saktē hō ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
292Are you able to do this?
219मुश्किल नहीं है ना ! muśhkil nahī̃ hai nā ! muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! difficult not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
293It is not difficult, is it?
220सहज है ना ! sahaj hai nā ! sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
294It is easy, is it not?
221सहज है ? sahaj hai ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? easy be[pres.sg.23] ?
295Is it easy?
222सहज में हाथ उठाओ . sahaj mē̃ hāth uṭhāō . sahaj[adj.] mē̃[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . easy in raise your hands .
296Raise your hands, those who think it is easy!
223अच्छा , करना है . achchhā , karnā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . achcha , do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
297Achcha, You have to do it.
224यह पक्का करो . yah pakkā karō . yah[pn.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this firm do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
298Make this firm.
225फिर तो जो लक्ष्य रखा है ना , इस सीजन के अन्त तक परिवर्तन हो सकता है . phir tō jō lakṣhya rakhā hai nā , is season kē|K ant tak parivartan hō saktā hai . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō jō[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , yah[pn.sg.o.] season kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . (then|turn[root]) then that aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , this season (of|K) end until transformation be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
299Then, the aim that you have kept - to bring about transformation by the end of this season - it can be possible.
226अगर यह ड्रिल 24 टाइम करेंगे तो लगातार हो जायेगा ना . agar yah drill 24 time karē̃gē tō lagātār hō jāyēgā nā . agar yah[pn.sg.d.] drill 24 time karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō lagātār hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nā . if this drill 24 time do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ .
300If you perform this drill 24 times, then it will become continuous, then you will be able to accomplish it.
227ठीक है ना , हो सकता है ! ṭhīk hai nā , hō saktā hai ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
301Is that all right? 302Is it possible?
228हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
303Raise your hands!
229हो सकता है ! hō saktā hai ! hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
304It is possible!
230फिर तो बापदादा की तरफ से पदम पदम पदम पदम गुणा मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . phir tō bāpdādā kī|key taraph sē padam padam padam padam guṇā mubārak hō , mubārak hō . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (then|turn[root]) then BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction from multimillion multimillion multimillion multimillion fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
305Then multi, multi, multi, multimillion times congratulations from BapDada! 306Congratulations!
231लेकिन ढीला नहीं छोड़ना . lēkin ḍhīlā nahī̃ chhōṛnā . lēkin ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but x not renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] .
307However, do not become slack in this.
232सभी निश्चय करो हमको इसमें नम्बरवन होना है . sabhī niśhchay karō hamkō ismē̃ number one hōnā hai . sab[adv.hī] niśhchay karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.kō] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] number one hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . all have the faith we[.kō] this[.mē̃] number one be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
308All of you should have the faith that you have to claim number one in this.
233नम्बरवार नहीं होना , नम्बरवन क्योंकि बापदादा के पास समय बहुत आता है . number-vār nahī̃ hōnā , number one kyōṅki bāpdādā kē pās samay bahut ātā hai . number-wār nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , number one kyōṅki bāpdādā kē pās[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . numberwise not be[inf.m.sg.d.] , number one because BapDada to time very come[pres.sg.m.23] .
309You are not going to be numberwise but number one because time comes to BapDada a lot.
234प्रकृति तो चिल्लाती है , बोझ सहन नहीं होता . prakr̥iti tō chillātī hai , bōjh sahan nahī̃ hōtā . prakr̥iti[x] tō chillānā[pres.sg.f.23] , bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahan[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . matter then cry[pres.sg.f.23] , burden tolerance not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
310Nature is screaming; it is not able to tolerate the burden.
235माया भी विदाई लेने चाहती है लेकिन कहती है मैं क्या करूं , ब्राह्मण कोई न कोई ऐसा काम संस्कारों वश होकर करते हैं जो मुझे आह्वान करते हैं तो मुझे जाना ही पड़ता है . māyā bhī vidāī lēnē chāhtī hai lēkin kahtī hai maĩ kyā karū̃ , brāhmaṇ kōī na kōī aisā kām saṅskārō̃ vaśh hōkar kartē haĩ jō mujhē āhvān kartē haĩ tō mujhē jānā hī paṛtā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī na kōī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] vaśh[x] hōnā[abs.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kō] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Maya too farewell take[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.sg.f.23] but say[pres.sg.f.23] I what do[opt.sg.1] , Brahmin one .. or another such (lust|task) sanskar control be[abs.] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kō] invocation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then I[.kō] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) only fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
311Maya also wishes to bid farewell, but she says: What can I do? 312Under the influence of their sanskars Brahmins perform such actions that they invoke me and so I am forced to go.
236तो बापदादा क्या जवाब दे ! tō bāpdādā kyā javāb dē ! tō bāpdādā kyā javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] ! then BapDada what x (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) !
313So, what response should BapDada give?
237इसलिए जैसे समय आगे बढ़ रहा है , अभी आप लोग सेवा में भी अन्तर देख रहे हो ना ! isliē jaisē samay āgē baṛh rahā hai , abhī āp lōg sēvā mē̃ bhī antar dēkh rahē hō nā ! isliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ! therefore like time previously grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , now you people service in too difference see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ !
314For this, as time is moving ahead, all of you are seeing the difference in the service too, are you not?
238सेवा का रिटर्न अभी सभी चाहते हैं , कुछ हो , कुछ हो . sēvā kā return abhī sabhī chāhtē haĩ , kuchh hō , kuchh hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kuchh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kuchh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . service of return now all x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
315Now, everyone wants a return of the service. 316Something should happen! 317Something should happen!
239ब्रह्माकुमारियां जो कहती थी वह अभी ठीक हो रहा है . brahmākumāriyā̃ jō kahtī thī vah abhī ṭhīk hō rahā hai . brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[hab-past.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Brahma Kumari that say[hab-past.f.] that now OK be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
318What the Brahma Kumaris used to say is now happening all right.
240पहले कहते थे विनाश , विनाश नहीं कहो , अब तो कहते हैं कब होगा , आप ही तारीख बताओ . pahlē kahtē thē vināśh , vināśh nahī̃ kahō , ab tō kahtē haĩ kab hōgā , āp hī tārīkh batāō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kab hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|firstly) say[hab-past.pl.m.] destruction , destruction not say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] when be[fut.m.sg.23] , you only x tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
319Previously, they used to say: Do not speak about destruction. 320Now they are asking: When will it happen? 321You give us the date!
241अभी सुनने चाहते हैं , पहले बहाना देते थे , तो यह भी फर्क हो रहा है ना ! abhī sunnē chāhtē haĩ , pahlē bahānā dētē thē , tō yah bhī phark hō rahā hai nā ! ab[adv.hī] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[hab-past.pl.m.] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā ! now listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x|firstly) (shed[inf.m.sg.d.]|shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) give[hab-past.pl.m.] , then this too difference be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ !
322Now, they are willing to listen. 323Previously, they used to make excuses and so there is that difference now.
242प्रैक्टिकल देख रहे हो ना इसलिए अभी जो बापदादा से वायदा किया है उसको निभाते रहना . practical dēkh rahē hō nā isliē abhī jō bāpdādā sē vāydā kiyā hai uskō nibhātē rahnā . practical dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā isliē ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] nibhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . practical see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ therefore now that BapDada from promise do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.kō] fulfil[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
324You are seeing it practically and this is why you have to continue to fulfil the promise that you have made to BapDada.
243ठीक है ! ṭhīk hai ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! OK be[pres.sg.23] !
325Is that all right?
244बापदादा ने सभी समाचारों की रिजल्ट सुनी है , जो भी चला है , अच्छा चला और रिजल्ट भी अच्छी उमंग-उत्साह की रही है इसलिए अभी लक्ष्य रखो होना ही है , करना ही है , समाप्ति को समीप लाओ . bāpdādā nē sabhī samāchārō̃ kī|key result sunī hai , jō bhī chalā hai , achchhā chalā aur result bhī achchhī umaṅg-utsāh kī rahī hai isliē abhī lakṣhya rakhō hōnā hī hai , karnā hī hai , samāpti kō samīp lāō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] samāchār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalānā[root]|chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā] isliē ab[adv.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ all news (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that too continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achcha (x[root]|continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]) and result too achcha zeal and enthusiasm do[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā] therefore now aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , completion to close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
326BapDada heard the result of all the news, of all the programmes that have taken place. 327They were good and the result is also good, filled with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm. 328Therefore, now have the aim that it has to happen, that you have to do this. 329Bring completion close.
245आप थोड़े हिलते हो ना तो समाप्ति भी दूर हो जाती है . āp thōṛē hiltē hō nā tō samāpti bhī dūr hō jātī hai . āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hilnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā tō samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . you short x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ then completion too distant be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
330When you fluctuate a little, completion goes a little further away.
246आपको ही समाप्ति को समीप लाना है क्योंकि राज्य करने वाले तैयार नहीं होंगे तो समय क्या करेगा ? āpkō hī samāpti kō samīp lānā hai kyōṅki rājya karnē vālē taiyār nahī̃ hōṅgē tō samay kyā karēgā ? āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? you[.kō] only completion to close x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because kingdom do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then time what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
331You are the ones who have to bring completion close because what will time do if those who are going to rule are not ready?
247इसलिए सब बहाना , कारण , कारण शब्द को समाप्त करो . isliē sab bahānā , kāraṇ , kāraṇ śhabda kō samāpt karō . isliē sab[adj.] bahānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|bahānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore all (shed[inf.m.sg.d.]|shed[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) , because , because word to x .
332Therefore, now stop making excuses or giving reasons.
248निवारण सामने लाओ . nivāraṇ sāmnē lāō . nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . solution x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
333Put the solution in front.
249हाथ भले थोड़ोने उठाया लेकिन आप सबका भी यही लक्ष्य है ना कि दुःखियों को सन्देश दे मुक्त करें . hāth bhalē thōṛōnē uṭhāyā lēkin āp sabkā bhī yahī lakṣhya hai nā ki duḥkhiyō̃ kō sandēśh dē mukt karē̃ . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[pn.pl.nē] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] mukt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . hand benefit short uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] but you everyone's too this aim be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that unhappy to message (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) free do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
334Although only a few of you raised your hands, the aim of all of you is to give the message to those who are suffering in sorrow and to liberate them.
250उन्हों को मुक्त करने के बिना आप मुक्ति में जा नहीं सकते . unhō̃ kō mukt karnē kē|K binā āp mukti mē̃ jā nahī̃ saktē . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā āp[pn.pl.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . that to free do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without you liberation in go[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
335You cannot go into liberation without liberating them. 336So liberate them!
251तो इन्हों को मुक्त करो क्योंकि बाप आया है ना तो सारे विश्व के बच्चों को वर्सा तो देंगे ना . tō inhō̃ kō mukt karō kyōṅki bāp āyā hai nā tō sārē viśhva kē|K bachchō̃ kō varsā tō dēgē nā . tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . then this to free do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because father come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ then the whole world (of|K) child to inheritance then give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
337The Father has come and so He will give the inheritance to the children of the whole world, will He not?
252आपको जीवनमुक्ति का वर्सा देंगे लेकिन सभी बच्चे तो है ना . āpkō jīvanmukti kā varsā dēgē lēkin sabhī bachchē tō hai nā . āp[pn.pl.kō] jīvanmukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . you[.kō] liberation-in-life of inheritance give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but all child then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
338He will give you the inheritance of liberation in life, but all are the children.
253उनको भी वर्सा तो देना है ना . unkō bhī varsā tō dēnā hai nā . vah[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . that[.kō] too inheritance then give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
339He will give them an inheritance too, will He not?
254तो उन्हों का वर्सा है मुक्ति , आपका वर्सा है जीवनमुक्ति . tō unhō̃ kā varsā hai mukti , āpkā varsā hai jīvanmukti . tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , āp[pn.pl.kā] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jīvanmukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . then that of inheritance be[pres.sg.23] liberation , you[.kā] inheritance be[pres.sg.23] liberation-in-life .
340So, their inheritance is liberation and your inheritance is liberation in life.
255जब तक मुक्ति नहीं देंगे तो आप भी जा नहीं सकते . jab tak mukti nahī̃ dēgē tō āp bhī jā nahī̃ saktē . jab tak[x] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] jānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . as long as liberation not give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you too go[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
341Until you give them liberation, you cannot go back either.
256इसके लिए यह ड्रिल करो . iskē liē yah drill karō . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē yah[pn.sg.d.] drill karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) this drill do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
342For this, perform this drill.
25724 बारी . 24 bārī . 24 bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . 24 x .
34324 times.
258रात और दिन के 24 घण्टे हैं और 24 बार करना है , नींद के टाइम , नींद भले करो . rāt aur din kē|K 24 ghaṇṭē haĩ aur 24 bār karnā hai , nīnd kē|K time , nīnd bhalē karō . rāt[n.f.;sg.] aur din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 24 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur 24 bār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , nīnd[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K time , nīnd[n.f.;sg.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . night and day (of|K) 24 hour be[pres.pl.12hon3] and 24 time do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , sleep (of|K) time , sleep benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
344Day and night are 24 hours and you have to do this 24 times. 345You may sleep at the time for sleeping.
259बापदादा यह नहीं कहते कि नींद नहीं करो . bāpdādā yah nahī̃ kahtē ki nīnd nahī̃ karō . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] nīnd[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada this not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that sleep not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
346BapDada is not saying that you must not sleep.
260नींद करो लेकिन दिन में बढ़ाओ . nīnd karō lēkin din mē̃ baṛhāō . nīnd[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . sleep do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but day in increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
347Sleep, but increase this during the day.
261जब कोई फंक्शन करते हो तो सारा सारा दिन काम करते हो ना . jab kōī function kartē hō tō sārā sārā din kām kartē hō nā . jab kōī[pn.;d.] function karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . when some x do[pres.pl.m.2] then the whole the whole day (lust|task) do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
348When you have functions, you work through the whole day.
262जागते हो ना ! jāgtē hō nā ! jagnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! wake up[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
349You remain awake, do you not?
263अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
350Achcha.
264सेवा का टर्न कर्नाटक ज़ोन का है : अच्छा पौना क्लास तो कर्नाटक है . sēvā kā turn karnāṭak zone kā hai : achchhā paunā class tō karnāṭak hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class tō karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service of you Karnataka zone of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha three quarters class then Karnataka be[pres.sg.23] .
351It is the turn of the Karnataka zone to do service: Achcha, three-quarters of the class is Karnataka.
265चांस अच्छा लेते हैं . chance achchhā lētē haĩ . chance achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . chance achcha take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
352You take a good chance.
266बापदादा भी खुश होते हैं कि इस टर्न में छुट्टी मिल जाती है आने की . bāpdādā bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ ki is turn mē̃ chhuṭṭī mil jātī hai ānē kī|key . bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] tum mē̃[postp.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this you in permission receive[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
353BapDada is pleased that you get permission to come in this turn.
267तो जितने भी सेवाधारी आते हैं सेवा भी करते हैं और अपना भाग्य भी बनाते हैं तो कर्नाटक , नाटक है ना . tō jitnē bhī sēvādhārī ātē haĩ sēvā bhī kartē haĩ aur apnā bhāgya bhī banātē haĩ tō karnāṭak , nāṭak hai nā . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . then the more too server come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] service too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and (one’s own|adopt[root]) x too create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then Karnataka , play be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
354So, all those servers who come, they do service and also create their fortune. 355So Karnataka is a play, is it not? 356(Natak is a play).
268तो नाटक में पार्ट बजाने में कर्नाटक नम्बरवन होगा ना . tō nāṭak mē̃ part bajānē mē̃ karnāṭak number one hōgā nā . tō nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . then play in part play[inf.m.pl.,o.] in Karnataka number one be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
357So Karnataka would be number one in playing a part in the play.
269आप कितने बारी कर्नाटक , कर्नाटक कहते हो , जब नाटक शब्द कहते हो तो बेहद का नाटक भी याद आता है ना . āp kitnē bārī karnāṭak , karnāṭak kahtē hō , jab nāṭak śhabda kahtē hō tō bēhad kā nāṭak bhī yād ātā hai nā . āp[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , jab nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō bēhad kā[x] nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . you so x Karnataka , Karnataka say[pres.pl.m.2] , when play word say[pres.pl.m.2] then unlimited play too remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
358You must be saying Karnataka so many times. 359So, when you say the word "natak", you must also be remembering the unlimited play, must you not?
270तो इस बेहद के नाटक में भी नम्बरवन आना ही है . tō is bēhad kē|K nāṭak mē̃ bhī number one ānā hī hai . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] bēhad[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] number one ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this unlimited (of|K) play in too number one (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
360So, you have to claim number one in this unlimited play too.
271यह पक्का है ना ! yah pakkā hai nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! this firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
361Is this firm?
272आना ही है , बनना ही है , चाहे कुछ भी करना पड़े , एवररेडी . ānā hī hai , bannā hī hai , chāhē kuchh bhī karnā paṛē , ever ready . ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kuchh bhī[x] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , ever ready . (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) anything do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , ever-ready .
362I have to come in that number, I have to become that. 363No matter what you have to do: ever-ready!
273है एवररेडी ? hai ever ready ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] ever ready ? be[pres.sg.23] ever-ready ?
364Are you ever-ready?
274कुछ भी करना पड़े तो एवररेडी . kuchh bhī karnā paṛē tō ever ready . kuchh bhī[x] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] tō ever ready . anything do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] then ever-ready .
365No matter what you have to do: ever-ready.
275हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
366Raise your hands!
276देखो पौना क्लास तो करने वाले हैं . dēkhō paunā class tō karnē vālē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class tō karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] three quarters class then do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
367Look, three-quarters of the class is of those who will do this.
277नम्बरवन पार्ट अर्थात् निर्विघ्न बन निर्विघ्न बनाना है . number one part arthāt nirvighna ban nirvighna banānā hai . number one part[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt nirvighna[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . number one part that is free from obstacles (become[root]|x) free from obstacles create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
368The number one part means to be free from obstacles and to make others free from obstacles.
278सिर्फ अपने को निर्विघ्न नहीं बनाना , साथियों को भी बनाना है , है हिम्मत . sirph apnē kō nirvighna nahī̃ banānā , sāthiyō̃ kō bhī banānā hai , hai himmat . sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] nahī̃[neg] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] . only one’s own to free from obstacles not create[inf.m.sg.d.] , companion to too create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , be[pres.sg.23] courage .
369Do not make just yourself free from obstacles; you have to make your companions that too. 370Do you have this courage?
279कर्नाटक को हिम्मत है तो हाथ उठाओ . karnāṭak kō himmat hai tō hāth uṭhāō . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Karnataka to courage be[pres.sg.23] then raise your hands .
371If those from Karnataka have courage, then raise your hands!
280दो दो हाथ उठाओ . dō dō hāth uṭhāō . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) raise your hands .
372Raise both your hands!
281अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
373Achcha.
282कितने टाइम में बनेंगे ? kitnē time mē̃ banē̃gē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? so time in become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
374In how much time will you become that?
283कितने टाइम में बापदादा को रिजल्ट देंगे ? kitnē time mē̃ bāpdādā kō result dēgē ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] result dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? so time in BapDada to result give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
375In how much time will you give the result to BapDada?
284कोई भी करे , जो ओटे सो अर्जुन . kōī bhī karē , jō ōṭē sō arjun . kōī bhī[x] karnā[opt.sg.23] , jō ōṭē sō arjun[x] . anyone do[opt.sg.23] , x .
376Anyone can do this. 377The one who takes the initiative is Arjuna.
285दो तीन टर्न के बाद या एक टर्न के बाद ? dō tīn turn kē bād yā ēk turn kē bād ? dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tīn[adj.] tum kē bād[x] yā ēk[adj.] tum kē bād[x] ? (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x you after or one you after ?
378After two to three meetings or by the next meeting?
286जो कहते हैं दो चार टर्न के बाद , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō kahtē haĩ dō chār turn kē bād , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dō chār[x] tum kē bād[x] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x you after , that raise your hands .
379Those who say that they will achieve this by two to four more meetings, raise your hands!
287अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
380Achcha.
288विशेष निमित्त तो यहाँ आगे हैं ना . viśhēṣh nimitt tō yahā̃ āgē haĩ nā . viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yahā̃ āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . special instrument then here previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
381The main instruments are sitting here at the front, are they not?
289अच्छा जो सेन्टर की मुख्य बहिने हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā jō centre kī|key mukhya bahinē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] centre karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mukhya[adj.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha that centre (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) main x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .
382The main sisters of the centres, raise your hands!
290सेन्टर के मुख्य भाई या बहन लम्बा हाथ उठाओ . centre kē|K mukhya bhāī yā bahan lambā hāth uṭhāō . centre kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mukhya[adj.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . centre (of|K) main (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) or x x raise your hands .
383Main brothers and sisters of the centres, raise your hands high!
291तो क्या विचार है ? tō kyā vichār hai ? tō kyā vichār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then what x be[pres.sg.23] ?
384So, what do you think?
292जो समझते हैं तो तीन चार टर्न के बाद हम प्रैक्टिकल करके दिखायेंगे वह मुख्य हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ tō tīn chār turn kē bād ham practical karkē dikhāyēṅgē vah mukhya hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] tum kē bād[x] ham[pn.pl.] practical karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] mukhya[adj.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then x four you after we practical do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that main raise your hands .
385The main ones who think that you will achieve this practically after three to four meetings, raise your hands!
293मुख्य हैं , भाई भी उठाओ . mukhya haĩ , bhāī bhī uṭhāō . mukhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . main be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) too uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
386The main ones, even the brothers, raise your hands!
294दिखायेंगे . dikhāyēṅgē . dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
387That you will show this result.
295अच्छा आज कर्नाटक का टर्न है तो आप निमित्त करके दिखाओ , पक्का . achchhā āj karnāṭak kā turn hai tō āp nimitt karkē dikhāō , pakkā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āj karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha today Karnataka of you be[pres.sg.23] then you instrument do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , firm .
388OK, today it is the turn of Karnataka, and so you can become the instruments to demonstrate this. 389Is it firm?
296आप और आपके संबंध में सेन्टर , पक्का है ? āp aur āpkē sambandh mē̃ centre , pakkā hai ? āp[pn.pl.] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] centre , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you and you[.kē] relationship in centre , firm be[pres.sg.23] ?
390You and the centres connected with you, is this firm?
297पाण्डव पक्का है ? pāṇḍav pakkā hai ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Pandava firm be[pres.sg.23] ?
391Pandavas, is this firm?
298अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
392It is good.
299क्या नहीं हो सकता है ! kyā nahī̃ hō saktā hai ! kyā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! what not be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
393What can not be achieved?
300सिर्फ दृढ़ता चाहिए . sirph dr̥iṛhtā chāhiē . sirph[adj.] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . only determination (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
394You simply need determination.
301यह नहीं हो , क्या करें होगा या नहीं होगा , नहीं , होना ही है . yah nahī̃ hō , kyā karē̃ hōgā yā nahī̃ hōgā , nahī̃ , hōnā hī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.sg.23] or not be[fut.m.sg.23] , not , be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
395It should not be: What can I do? 396Will it happen or not? 397No, it has to happen.
302दृढ़ निश्चय . dr̥iṛh niśhchay . dr̥iṛh[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] . determined faith .
398Determined faith!
303जहाँ दृढ़ता है वहाँ सफलता है ही . jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā hai vahā̃ saphaltā hai hī . jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . where there determination be[pres.sg.23] there success be[pres.sg.23] only .
399Where there is determination, there is definitely success.
304तो यह भी भाग्य है जो आप पहला नम्बर एक्जैम्पुल बनेंगे . tō yah bhī bhāgya hai jō āp pahlā number example banē̃gē . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] pahlā number[x] example bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then this too x be[pres.sg.23] that you x example become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
400So, it is your fortune that you will become the number one example.
305उसका भी फल है , उसका भी बल है . uskā bhī phal hai , uskā bhī bal hai . vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.kā] too fruit be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kā] too strength be[pres.sg.23] .
401There is the fruit (fal) of that, there is the power (bal) of that.
306अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
402It is good.
307तो कर्नाटक यह कमाल दिखायेगा . tō karnāṭak yah kamāl dikhāyēgā . tō karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] . then Karnataka this x x[fut.m.sg.23] .
403So, Karnataka will show this wonder.
308पक्का ? pakkā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ? firm ?
404Is it firm?
309कर्नाटक की विशेषता है , जो कर्नाटक के निमित्त बहन बनी ( दादी ह्दयपुष्पा ) , वह पुरानी बहिन , उनकी विशेषता क्या थी ? karnāṭak kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai , jō karnāṭak kē nimitt bahan banī ( dādī hdayapuṣpā ) , vah purānī bahin , unkī viśhēṣhtā kyā thī ? karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-part.f.] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x ) , vah[pn.sg.d.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] , vah[pn.pl.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[past.f] ? Karnataka (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] , that Karnataka x x become[past-part.f.] ( Dadi x ) , that old x , that[.kī] speciality what be[past.f] ?
405The speciality of Karnataka is that the sister who was the instrument for Karnataka (Dadi Hriday Pushpa), what was her speciality?
310सेन्टर खोलने की उनकी रीति बहुत अच्छी थी . centre khōlnē kī|key unkī rīti bahut achchhī thī . centre khōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.pl.kī] rīti[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] . centre open[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that[.kī] way very achcha be[past.f] .
406Her method of opening a centre was very good.
311सेन्टर कितने खुल गये ? centre kitnē khul gayē ? centre kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ? centre so open up[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?
407How many centres opened then?
312तो निमित्त उमंग-उत्साह वाली थी और आप सब भी निमित्त हो , तो उसकी विशेषता अपने में लानी है . tō nimitt umaṅg-utsāh vālī thī aur āp sab bhī nimitt hō , tō uskī viśhēṣhtā apnē mē̃ lānī hai . tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past.f] aur āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō vah[pn.sg.kī] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then instrument zeal and enthusiasm those who be[past.f] and you all too instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then that[.kī] speciality one’s own in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
408The one who was the instrument had zeal and enthusiasm and all of you are also instruments: so you have to put her speciality into yourselves.
313सिर्फ सेन्टर नहीं बनाओ निर्विघ्न सेन्टर . sirph centre nahī̃ banāō nirvighna centre . sirph[adj.] centre nahī̃[neg] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nirvighna[adj.] centre . only centre not create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] free from obstacles centre .
409Do not just open centres, but they should be centres that are free from obstacles.
314ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
410Is that all right?
315पसन्द है ना ! pasand hai nā ! pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
411Do you like it?
316अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
412It is good.
317कमाल करके दिखायेगा कर्नाटक . kamāl karkē dikhāyēgā karnāṭak . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x do[abs.] x[fut.m.sg.23] Karnataka .
413Karnataka will perform wonders.
318दूसरों को भी करना है , ऐसे नहीं कर्नाटक ही करेगा , उन्होंने हिम्मत रखी है , इसी हिम्मत का फल और बल मिलेगा . dūsrō̃ kō bhī karnā hai , aisē nahī̃ karnāṭak hī karēgā , unhōnnē himmat rakhī hai , isī himmat kā phal aur bal milēgā . dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , aisē nahī̃[x] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.nē] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . other to too do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , it isn't that Karnataka only do[fut.m.sg.23] , that[.nē] courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this[.hī] courage of fruit and strength receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
414Others also have to do this; it is not that only Karnataka will do this. 415They have maintained courage and they will receive the fruit and power of that courage.
319बाकी अच्छा है , कर्नाटक में भी सेवाओं का अच्छा रिजल्ट दिखाई देता है . bākī achchhā hai , karnāṭak mē̃ bhī sēvāō̃ kā achchhā result dikhāī dētā hai . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Karnataka in too service of achcha result be visible .
416The rest is good. 417A good result of service is visible in Karnataka.
320वृद्धि होती जा रही है . vr̥iddhi hōtī jā rahī hai . vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root.pres-part+jānā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . growth be[root.pres-part+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
418Expansion is taking place.
321अभी कोई माइक और वारिस सामने नहीं आया है . abhī kōī mike aur vāris sāmnē nahī̃ āyā hai . ab[adv.hī] kōī[pn.;d.] mike aur vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now some mike and heir x not come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
419No mike or heir soul has come in front.
322लेकिन इस निर्विघ्न बनने का अगर प्रैक्टिकल दिखायेंगे तो वह भी निकल आयेगा . lēkin is nirvighna bannē kā agar practical dikhāyēṅgē tō vah bhī nikal āyēgā . lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] agar practical dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] . but this free from obstacles become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of if practical x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that too be extracted[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] .
420However, if you become free from obstacles in a practical way, they will also emerge.
323अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
421Achcha.
324बापदादा को सभी कर्नाटक वालों में यही आशा है कि करके दिखाने वाले हैं . bāpdādā kō sabhī karnāṭak vālō̃ mē̃ yahī āśhā hai ki karkē dikhānē vālē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sab[adv.hī] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada to all Karnataka those who in this desire be[pres.sg.23] that do[abs.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
422BapDada has the hope in all those from Karnataka that you are the ones who will demonstrate this by doing it practically.
325अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
423It is good.
326कुछ भी हो , संकल्प को पूरा करके दिखाना . kuchh bhī hō , saṅkalp kō pūrā karkē dikhānā . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . anything (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , thought to full do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
424No matter what happens, demonstrate by fulfilling that thought.
327बापदादा की उम्मीदें हैं . bāpdādā kī|key ummīdē̃ haĩ . bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ummīd[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
425BapDada has hopes in you.
328अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
426Achcha.
329आपने जो ड्रिल सुनाई वह कितना समय ड्रिल करनी है ? āpnē jō drill sunāī vah kitnā samay drill karnī hai ? āp[pn.pl.nē] jō[pn.;d.] drill sunānā[past-part.f.] vah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] drill karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? you[.nē] that drill speak[past-part.f.] that so time drill do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
427(For how long do we have to perform the drill that BapDada has taught us?)
330ः कम से कम 10 मिनट . ḥ kam sē kam 10 minute . x kam sē kam[x] 10 minute . x at least 10 minute .
428At least 10 minutes.
331बिजनेस विंग और एज्युकेशन विंग : यह वर्ग जो बने हैं उसमें सर्विस बढ़ाने का शौक अच्छा है . business wing aur education wing : yah varg jō banē haĩ usmē̃ service baṛhānē kā śhauk achchhā hai . business wing aur education wing : yah[pn.sg.d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] service[n.f.;sg.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhauk[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . business wing and education wing : this profession that become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] service increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] of interest achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
429Business Wing and Education Wing: The wings have a keen interest in increasing service.
332और बापदादा ने देखा है कि हर एक विंग में उमंग-उत्साह है कि हम नये से नई बात करके दिखायें , निमित्त बनके दिखायें तो यह दोनों विंग जो हैं वह भी सर्विस अच्छी कर रहे हैं . aur bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki har ēk wing mē̃ umaṅg-utsāh hai ki ham nayē sē naī bāt karkē dikhāyē̃ , nimitt bankē dikhāyē̃ tō yah dōnō̃ wing jō haĩ vah bhī service achchhī kar rahē haĩ . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] wing mē̃[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] dōnō̃ wing jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] service[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that each one wing in zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] that we new from new matter do[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] , instrument become[abs.] x[opt.pl.12hon3] then this x wing that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that too service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
430BapDada has seen that every Wing has the zeal and enthusiasm to demonstrate it by doing something the newest of all. 431Each one wants to be the instrument to show something and so both these wings are also doing good service.
333एज्युकेशन वाले भी अपनी सर्विस , अपने-अपने प्रकार से कर रहे हैं और बिजनेस वाले भी अपने प्रकार से कर रहे हैं . education vālē bhī apnī service , apnē-apnē prakār sē kar rahē haĩ aur business vālē bhī apnē prakār sē kar rahē haĩ . education vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] service[n.f.;sg.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . education those who too one’s own service , one’s own form from do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and business those who too one’s own form from do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
432The Educationalists are doing their service in their own way and the Business Wing is doing it in its own way.
334अभी हर एक विंग अपना ग्रुप बनाये , यह ग्रुप अभी बनाया नहीं है , जिस ग्रुप में हर वर्ग के हों . abhī har ēk wing apnā group banāyē , yah group abhī banāyā nahī̃ hai , jis group mē̃ har|her varg kē|K hō̃ . ab[adv.hī] har ēk[x] wing apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] group banānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] group ab[adv.hī] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . now each one wing (one’s own|adopt[root]) group create[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , this group now create[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , that group in (x[root]|x) profession (of|K) be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
433Now, each Wing has to create their group - this group has not yet been created - a group in which a member from every Wing is present.
335मानो बिजनेस वर्ग है , उसके ग्रुप में सब वर्ग वाले एक ग्रुप हो अलग . mānō business varg hai , uskē group mē̃ sab varg vālē ēk group hō alag . mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] business varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] group mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] group hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] alag[adj.] . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] business profession be[pres.sg.23] , of that[.kē] group in all profession those who one group (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) separate . 336जो कोई भी प्रोग्राम हो तो हर एक वर्ग वाले ऐसा प्रसिद्ध हो जिसका आवाज सुन करके लोगों में उमंग आवे तो हम भी कर सकते हैं . jō kōī bhī programme hō tō har ēk varg vālē aisā prasiddh hō jiskā āvāj sun karkē lōgō̃ mē̃ umaṅg āvē tō ham bhī kar saktē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] kōī bhī[x] programme hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . that anyone programme (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then each one profession those who such x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kā] noise listen[root] do[abs.] people in zeal come[opt.sg.23] then we too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
434For instance, the Business Wing - it should have one group of members from every Wing so that whenever there is a programme, then a well-known person from every Wing would be present. 435Then hearing their sound, people become enthusiastic that they too can do that.
337अभी बापदादा ने रिपोर्ट सुनी कि एक ग्रुप ने ऐसा प्लैन बनाया है , वी . आई . पी ग्रुप ने बनाया है . abhī bāpdādā nē report sunī ki ēk group nē aisā plan banāyā hai , we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī group nē banāyā hai . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā nē[postp.] report sunnā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] group nē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] group nē[postp.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now BapDada ∅ report listen[past-part.f.] that one group ∅ such plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) group ∅ create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
436BapDada heard the report that one group has made such a plan; the VIP group has made it.
338अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
437It is good.
339हर एक वर्ग सारे इन्डिया में अपने अपने सेन्टर्स को यह सेवा देवे और जो भी वह समझते हैं कि यह वी . आई . पी ऐसा है , तो वह सभी वर्ग वाले एक स्थान पर अपना-अपना चुना हुआ वी . आई . पी . सब वर्ग वाले मीटिंग करो , यह प्लैन बापदादा ने दिया है , तो सभी ऐसे करो और उन्हों को निमित्त बनाओ . har ēk varg sārē India mē̃ apnē apnē centres kō yah sēvā dēvē aur jō bhī vah samajhtē haĩ ki yah we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī aisā hai , tō vah sabhī varg vālē ēk sthān par apnā-apnā chunā huā we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī . sab varg vālē meeting karō , yah plan bāpdādā nē diyā hai , tō sabhī aisē karō aur unhō̃ kō nimitt banāō . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] India mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.sg.23] aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] chunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . sab[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] meeting karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] plan bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō sab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . each one profession the whole India in one’s own one’s own centre to this service give[opt.sg.23] and that too that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) such be[pres.sg.23] , then that all profession those who one place (at|other) (one’s own|adopt[root]) choose[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . all profession those who meeting do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this plan BapDada ∅ give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then all such do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that to instrument create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
438Each Wing should give its centres in India this service to do, and those who feel that So-and-so is an eligible VIP, can have a meeting of all your selected VIPs of all the Wings. 439BapDada has given you this plan, and so all of you have to do this, and make them instruments.
340उन्हों की विशेष सेवा करो , जो माइक के साथ स्नेही सहयोगी बन जाएं . unhō̃ kī|key viśhēṣh sēvā karō , jō mike kē sāth snēhī sahyōgī ban jāē̃ . vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] mike kē sāth[x] snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that mike with loving co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
440Specially serve them, so that, together with being mikes, they also become loving and co-operative.
341सिर्फ माइक नहीं बनें लेकिन स्नेही सहयोगी बनें क्योंकि स्नेह और सहयोग से उन्हों को आशीर्वाद मिलती है , पुरूषार्थ में आगे बढ़ने की . sirph mike nahī̃ banē̃ lēkin snēhī sahyōgī banē̃ kyōṅki snēh aur sahyōg sē unhō̃ kō āśhīrvād miltī hai , purūṣhārth mē̃ āgē baṛhnē kī|key . sirph[adj.] mike nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin snēhī[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] āśhīrvād[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . only mike not become[opt.pl.12hon3] but loving co-operative become[opt.pl.12hon3] because love and cooperation from that to blessing receive[pres.sg.f.23] , effort in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
441They should not just become mikes, but also loving and co-operative because it is with love and co-operation that they will receive the blessings to move forward in their effort.
342तो बापदादा और भी जो वर्ग आये हैं उन सभी वर्गो को कह रहे हैं , इसी सीजन में बापदादा हर ग्रुप का रिजल्ट देखने चाहते हैं . tō bāpdādā aur bhī jō varg āyē haĩ un sabhī vargō kō kah rahē haĩ , isī season mē̃ bāpdādā har|her group kā result dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā aur bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.hī] season mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada and too that profession come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that all profession to say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this[.hī] season in BapDada (x[root]|x) group of result see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
442So, BapDada is telling the people of all the Wings that are present here today. 443This season BapDada wishes to see the result of every group.
343मधुबन में नहीं भी आवे लेकिन अपने वर्ग का जो हेड क्वार्टर हो उसमें इकठ्ठा करें फिर बापदादा रिजल्ट देख करके सीजन के लास्ट में ऐसे सहयोगियों से मिलने का सोचेंगे . madhuban mē̃ nahī̃ bhī āvē lēkin apnē varg kā jō head quarter hō usmē̃ ikaṭhṭhā karē̃ phir bāpdādā result dēkh karkē season kē|K last mē̃ aisē sahyōgiyō̃ sē milnē kā sōchē̃gē . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] head quarter hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā result dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] season kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K last mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sahyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Madhuban in not too come[opt.sg.23] but one’s own profession of that head x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.mē̃] together do[opt.pl.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) BapDada result see[root] do[abs.] season (of|K) last in such co-operative from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
444They may not come to Madhuban, but gather them together in the Headquarters of that particular Wing, and then, seeing the result, at the end of the season, BapDada will think about meeting such co-operative souls.
344तो सुना , यह करना है . tō sunā , yah karnā hai . tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
445So, you heard what you have to do.
345आशा ने दिया था ? āśhā nē diyā thā ? āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ? desire ∅ give[past-perf.m.sg.] ?
446Did Ashaben (from ORC) give that?
346 ( आशा बहन - ओ . आर . सी ) आपने दिया था ना . ( āśhā bahan - ō . are|or . see|sī|C ) āpnē diyā thā nā . ( āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] - O . be|or . see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ) āp[pn.pl.nē] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] nā . ( desire x - x . (be|x) . (see|x) ) you[.nē] give[past-perf.m.sg.] ∅ .
447You have given that list, have you not?
347अच्छी बात है , अगर वर्ग वाले स्पष्ट समझने चाहे तो इनसे समझ लेना . achchhī bāt hai , agar varg vālē spaṣhṭ samajhnē chāhē tō insē samajh lēnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tō yah[pn.pl.sē] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] , if profession those who clearly understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) then this[.sē] (understanding|understand[root]) take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
448It is good. 449If the Wings want to understand this clearly, understand from her.
348बापदादा यह क्यों कहते हैं क्योंकि आप लोग जो पक्के ब्राह्मण हैं उन्हों को समय पर साक्षी होके देखना पड़ेगा , मन्सा सेवा इतनी बढ़ेगी जो आप लोगों के साथी बनके वह सेवा करें . bāpdādā yah kyō̃ kahtē haĩ kyōṅki āp lōg jō pakkē brāhmaṇ haĩ unhō̃ kō samay par sākṣhī hōkē dēkhnā paṛēgā , mansā sēvā itnī baṛhēgī jō āp lōgō̃ kē|K sāthī bankē vah sēvā karē̃ . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] dēkhnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . BapDada this why say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because you people that firm Brahmin be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to time (at|other) detached observer be[abs.] see[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , through the mind service such grow[fut.f.sg.23] that you people (of|K) companion become[abs.] that service do[opt.pl.12hon3] .
450Why is BapDada saying this? 451Because all of you who are firm Brahmins will have to see everything as detached observers when the time comes. 452Service through the mind will increase so much that they will become your companions and do service.
349वह सेवा करें और आप साक्षी होके मन्सा सेवा करो . vah sēvā karē̃ aur āp sākṣhī hōkē mansā sēvā karō . vah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that service do[opt.pl.12hon3] and you detached observer be[abs.] through the mind service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 350जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप ने सेवा लायक बनाया , स्वयं साक्षी होकर देखा ना . jaisē brahmā bāp nē sēvā lāyak banāyā , svayã sākṣhī hōkar dēkhā nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] lāyak[x] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , svayã sākṣhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . like Brahma father ∅ service worthy create[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x detached observer be[abs.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .
453They will do the service and you will be the detached observers and serve through the mind, just as Father Brahma made you worthy of doing service and he himself watched as a detached observer.
351ऐसे जो निमित्त बड़ी आत्मायें हैं , जो सर्विस को बढ़ाने वाली हैं , वह समय पर और सेवा में बिजी रहती हैं , लेकिन यह सेवा आपके योग्य तैयार किये हुए करें , जिसकी आवाज में अनुभव की आकर्षण हो , पोजीशन की आकर्षण नहीं लेकिन अनुभव की आकर्षण . aisē jō nimitt baṛī ātmāyē̃ haĩ , jō service kō baṛhānē vālī haĩ , vah samay par aur sēvā mē̃ busy rahtī haĩ , lēkin yah sēvā āpkē yōgya taiyār kiyē huē karē̃ , jiskī āvāj mē̃ anubhav kī|key ākarṣhaṇ hō , position kī|key ākarṣhaṇ nahī̃ lēkin anubhav kī|key ākarṣhaṇ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] service[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] yōgya[adj.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+karnā] , jō[pn.sg.kī] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , position karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] nahī̃[neg] lēkin anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ākarṣhaṇ[x] . such that instrument very soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that service to increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that time (at|other) and service in busy remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , but this service you[.kē] worthy x do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[opt.pl.12hon3.past-part+karnā] , that[.kī] noise in experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attraction (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , position (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attraction not but experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attraction .
454Similarly, the senior instrument souls who have increased service, remain busy in other service at the time of need. 455However, those whom you have made worthy for service should do this service - their sound should have the attraction of their experience, not the attraction of their position, but the attraction of their experience.
352वह प्रभाव बहुत जल्दी पड़ेगा क्योंकि बापदादा की उन्हों को , निमित्त बनने वालों को एकस्ट्रा मदद मिलती है , कोई भी हो , जिसको बापदादा का समय पर विशेष वरदान मिलता है , उसकी रिजल्ट वह खुद भी नहीं जान सकता कि क्या होती है , लेकिन यह एकस्ट्रा बापदादा की मदद है . vah prabhāv bahut jaldī paṛēgā kyōṅki bāpdādā kī|key unhō̃ kō , nimitt bannē vālō̃ kō extra madad miltī hai , kōī bhī hō , jiskō bāpdādā kā samay par viśhēṣh vardān miltā hai , uskī result vah khud bhī nahī̃ jān saktā ki kyā hōtī hai , lēkin yah extra bāpdādā kī|key madad hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut jaldī paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] kyōṅki bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] extra madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kōī bhī[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.sg.kō] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] result vah[pn.sg.d.] khud bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] extra bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that x very very quickly fall[fut.m.sg.23] because BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that to , instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to extra x receive[pres.sg.f.23] , anyone (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.kō] BapDada of time (at|other) special blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] , that[.kī] result that oneself too not (know[root]|x) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that what be[pres.sg.f.23] , but this extra BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
456That will quickly create an impact because those who become instruments receive extra help from BapDada. 457No matter who it is, when they receive a special blessing from BapDada, they themselves cannot know what the result of their service will be, but that is an extra help from BapDada.
353वरदान है . vardān hai . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
458It is a blessing.
354वह नहीं बोलता , वरदान बोलता है इसलिए ऐसी आत्मायें तैयार करो , तो बापदादा समय प्रमाण उन्हों को भी वरदान दे आगे बढ़ाये . vah nahī̃ bōltā , vardān bōltā hai isliē aisī ātmāyē̃ taiyār karō , tō bāpdādā samay pramāṇ unhō̃ kō bhī vardān dē āgē baṛhāyē . vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres.sg.m.23] isliē aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō bāpdādā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] āgē baṛhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that not speak[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , blessing speak[pres.sg.m.23] therefore such soul x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then BapDada time (under) that to too blessing (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) previously increase[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
459It is not they who are speaking, but the blessing that is speaking and this is why you have to prepare such souls. 460Then BapDada can give them blessings and make them move forward according to the time.
355यह सभी वर्गो को बापदादा कह रहा है . yah sabhī vargō kō bāpdādā kah rahā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . this all profession to BapDada say[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
461BapDada is saying this to those of all the Wings.
356अच्छा कर रहे हो , आगे भी बढ़ रहे हो , यह बापदादा सभी वर्गो को मुबारक देते हैं जो और 3-4 वर्ग वाले आये हैं , वह उठो . achchhā kar rahē hō , āgē bhī baṛh rahē hō , yah bāpdādā sabhī vargō kō mubārak dētē haĩ jō aur 3-4 varg vālē āyē haĩ , vah uṭhō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , āgē bhī[p.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] aur 3-4 varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , previously too grow[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , this BapDada all profession to congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that and 3-4 profession those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
462You are doing well. 463You are also moving forward. 464BapDada is congratulating those of all Wings. 465Those of all the other three to four Wings who have come, stand up!
357यूथ , पोलीटिशन , स्पोर्ट , एडमिनिस्ट्रेशन : यह एक बात सभी को करनी है इसलिए साथ में उठाया है . youth , politician , sport , administration : yah ēk bāt sabhī kō karnī hai isliē sāth mē̃ uṭhāyā hai . youth , politician , sport , administration : yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isliē sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . youth , politician , sport , administration : this one matter all to do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] therefore with in uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
466Youth, Politicians, Sport and Administration: All of you have to do one thing and this is why you were all asked to stand up together.
358तो वर्ग वालों की सेवा पर बापदादा खुश है लेकिन अभी आप साक्षी दृष्टा बनते जाओ . tō varg vālō̃ kī|key sēvā par bāpdādā khuśh hai lēkin abhī āp sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā bantē jāō . tō varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . then profession those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (at|other) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] but now you detached observer become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
467BapDada is happy with the service of the Wings, but you must now continue to become detached observers.
359आपका अभी काम है दूसरे ग्रुप को तैयार करना क्योंकि अचानक ऐसे सरकमस्टांश बनेंगे जो आप लोगों को बहुत तपस्या वरनी पड़ेगी . āpkā abhī kām hai dūsrē group kō taiyār karnā kyōṅki achānak aisē circumstance banē̃gē jō āp lōgō̃ kō bahut tapasyā varnī paṛēgī . āp[pn.pl.kā] ab[adv.hī] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki achānak aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] circumstance bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] varnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . you[.kā] now (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] other group to x do[inf.m.sg.d.] because suddenly such circumstances become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that you people to very tapasya x[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
468Your duty now is to prepare other groups because such circumstances will suddenly arise that you will have to do a lot of tapasya.
360मन्सा सेवा करनी पड़ेगी . mansā sēvā karnī paṛēgī . mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] . through the mind service do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] .
469You will have to serve through the mind.
361समय नाजुक आ रहा है और बढ़ता रहेगा . samay nājuk ā rahā hai aur baṛhtā rahēgā . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nāzuk[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . time x come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
470Delicate times are to come and they will continue to increase.
362अभी मन्सा सेवा इतनी फोर्स से नहीं हो रही है . abhī mansā sēvā itnī force sē nahī̃ hō rahī hai . ab[adv.hī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] force sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . now through the mind service such force from not be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
471At present, service through the mind is not happening with that much force.
363हो रही है , कोई कोई का मन्सा सेवा का प्रभाव भी पड़ रहा है लेकिन बहुत कम . hō rahī hai , kōī kōī kā mansā sēvā kā prabhāv bhī paṛ rahā hai lēkin bahut cum|kam . hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] lēkin bahut cum|kam[adj.] . be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , some some of through the mind service of x too fall[pres.sg.m.prog.23] but very (x|less) .
472It is happening and the service through the mind that some are doing is creating an impact, but it is very little.
364और लास्ट के समय मन्सा सेवा के सिवाए वाचा नहीं चलेगी . aur last kē|K samay mansā sēvā kē|K sivāē vāchā nahī̃ chalēgī . aur last kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē vāchā nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23] . and last (of|K) time through the mind service (of|K) except x not continue[fut.f.sg.23] .
473Then, at the end, you will not be able to serve with words without serving through the mind.
365जिन्हों को निमित्त बनायेंगे उन्हों को भी अभी चांस है , जब नाज़ुक समय आयेगा तो उन्हों को भी चांस नहीं मिलेगा इसलिए अभी उन्हों को चांस दे दो , नजदीक आयेंगे , वारिस भी बन सकते हैं क्योंकि अभी हालातें आपके हर ग्रुप के कार्य को मदद कर रही हैं . jinhō̃ kō nimitt banāyēṅgē unhō̃ kō bhī abhī chance hai , jab nāzuk samay āyēgā tō unhō̃ kō bhī chance nahī̃ milēgā isliē abhī unhō̃ kō chance dē dō , najdīk āyēṅgē , vāris bhī ban saktē haĩ kyōṅki abhī hālātē̃ āpkē har|her group kē|K kārya kō madad kar rahī haĩ . jō[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jab nāzuk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chance nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] isliē ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , nazdīk ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] harnā[root]|har|her group kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . that to instrument create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that to too now chance be[pres.sg.23] , when x time come[fut.m.sg.23] then that to too chance not receive[fut.m.sg.23] therefore now that to chance give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , heir too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] because now situation you[.kē] (x[root]|x) group (of|K) task to x do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
474Whomever you make instruments, even they have a chance now, but when the delicate times come, even they won't then have a chance. 475Therefore, give them a chance now; they can come close and become heirs because at present, the conditions are helping each group to carry out their task.
366अभी सभी समझते हैं कुछ होना चाहिए , होना चाहिए . abhī sabhī samajhtē haĩ kuchh hōnā chāhiē , hōnā chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kuchh hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] , hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . now all understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] anything (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) , (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
476Now, everyone thinks that something should happen, something should happen.
367बिचारों को पता तो है नहीं लेकिन चाहना है कुछ परिवर्तन होना चाहिए . bichārō̃ kō patā tō hai nahī̃ lēkin chāhnā hai kuchh parivartan hōnā chāhiē . bichārā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] lēkin chāhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kuchh parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . poor people to knowledge then be[pres.sg.23] not but x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] anything transformation (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
477The poor helpless people don't know anything, but they have the desire that something should change.
368आप तो जानते हो ना कि परिवर्तन होना है और क्या होना है . āp tō jāntē hō nā ki parivartan hōnā hai aur kyā hōnā hai . āp[pn.pl.] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ki[conj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . you then know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ that transformation be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and what be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
478You already know that transformation has to take place and what is going to happen.
369वह चिंता में है , क्या होगा , क्या होगा ! vah chintā mē̃ hai , kyā hōgā , kyā hōgā ! vah[pn.sg.d.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! that worry in be[pres.sg.23] , what be[fut.m.sg.23] , what be[fut.m.sg.23] !
479They are worried about what will happen.
370आप जानते हो कि हमारा राज्य आना ही है , खुशी है . āp jāntē hō ki hamārā rājya ānā hī hai , khuśhī hai . āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kā] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you know[pres.pl.m.2] that we[.kā] kingdom (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] , happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
480You know that your kingdom is going to come and so there is happiness.
371अति में जा रहा है और अन्त होके आदि आनी है इसलिए आप सर्विस करने वालों को अभी जल्दी-जल्दी छांटो और उन्हों को आगे बढ़ाओ . ati mē̃ jā rahā hai aur ant hōkē ādi ānī hai isliē āp service karnē vālō̃ kō abhī jaldī-jaldī chhāṇṭō aur unhō̃ kō āgē baṛhāō . ati mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] ādi[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isliē āp[pn.pl.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] jaldī chhāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x in go[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and end be[abs.] etc. come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] therefore you service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to now very quickly select[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that to previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
481Everything is going into the extreme. 482Then there will be the end and then the beginning will come and you therefore have to select quickly those who are going to do service and make them move forward.
372अच्छा-अच्छा तो कहते हैं अभी उन्हों को अच्छा बनाने की सेवा दो . achchhā-achchhā tō kahtē haĩ abhī unhō̃ kō achchhā banānē kī|key sēvā dō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . achcha then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] now that to achcha create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
483They are saying that this is good, but now give them service to make them good.
373आप साक्षी दृष्टा बनके उनको शक्ति दो . āp sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā bankē unkō śhakti dō . āp[pn.pl.] sākṣhī dr̥iṣhṭā[x] bannā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.kō] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . you detached observer become[abs.] that[.kō] Shakti (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .
484You just be detached observers and give them power.
374अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
485Achcha.
375स्पोर्ट भी आया है . sport bhī āyā hai . sport bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . sport too come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
486Sport Wing has also come.
376यूथ विंग की रजत जयन्ती है . youth wing kī|key rajat jayantī hai . youth wing karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rajat[n.m.;sg.,d.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . youth wing (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) silver Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] .
487It is the Silver Jubilee of the Youth Wing.
377पोलीटिशयन ने यह प्लैन बनाया है , अच्छा है . politician nē yah plan banāyā hai , achchhā hai . politician nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . politician ∅ this plan create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
488Politicians have made this plan. 489It is good.
378यह जो भी नाम लिया है यह मुख्य विंग हैं . yah jō bhī nām liyā hai yah mukhya wing haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] mukhya[adj.] wing hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this that too name take[pres-perf.sg.m.23] this main wing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
490All these names mentioned were of the main Wings.
379तो मुबारक तो बाबा सभी को दे रहा है , अभी मुबारक और देंगे जब ग्रुप तैयार करेंगे . tō mubārak tō bābā sabhī kō dē rahā hai , abhī mubārak aur dēgē jab group taiyār karē̃gē . tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] tō bābā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , ab[adv.hī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jab group taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then congratulations then Baba all to give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , now congratulations and give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] when group x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
491Baba is congratulating everyone and will give more congratulations when you get the group ready.
380यह नहीं कह रहे हैं कि आबू में ले आना . yah nahī̃ kah rahē haĩ ki ābū mē̃ lē ānā . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] ābū mē̃[postp.] lēnā[opt.sg.23]|lēnā[root] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . this not say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that Abu in (take[opt.sg.23]|take[root]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
492Baba is not saying that you have to bring them to Abu.
381पहले वहाँ तैयार करो फिर बापदादा समाचार सुनेंगे , रिजल्ट देखेंगे फिर मधुबन में बुलायेंगे . pahlē vahā̃ taiyār karō phir bāpdādā samāchār sunē̃gē , result dēkhē̃gē phir madhuban mē̃ bulāyēṅgē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] vahā̃ taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bāpdādā samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (x|firstly) there x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) BapDada news listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) Madhuban in call[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
493First of all prepare them there, and then BapDada will hear the news, see the result and then call them to Madhuban.
382तो सभी जो भी आये हो , उन्होंने आगे का प्लैन समझा . tō sabhī jō bhī āyē hō , unhōnnē āgē kā plan samjhā . tō sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , vah[pn.pl.nē] āgē kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] . then all that too come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , that[.nē] previously of plan (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) .
494All those who have come, have you understood the plan for the future?
383हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
495Raise your hands!
384समझा क्या करना है ? samjhā kyā karnā hai ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
496Do you understand what you have to do?
385अभी जल्दी-जल्दी करो . abhī jaldī-jaldī karō . ab[adv.hī] jaldī karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now very quickly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
497Now do this quickly.
386अचानक कुछ भी हो सकता है जो आपको सेवा करने का भी टाइम नहीं मिलेगा . achānak kuchh bhī hō saktā hai jō āpkō sēvā karnē kā bhī time nahī̃ milēgā . achānak kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] time nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . suddenly anything be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that you[.kō] service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too time not receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
498Anything can happen suddenly such that you will not have time to do any service.
387सरकमस्टांश ऐसे भी बीच-बीच में आ सकते हैं इसीलिए जैसे तीव्र पुरूषार्थी ग्रुप बनाया है ना , ऐसे यह तीव्र सर्विस का ग्रुप बनाके तैयार करो . circumstance aisē bhī bīch-bīch mē̃ ā saktē haĩ isīliē jaisē tīvr purūṣhārthī group banāyā hai nā , aisē yah tīvr service kā group banākē taiyār karō . circumstance aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] isīliē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] group banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[abs.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . circumstances such too x come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] x like intense effort-maker group create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , such this intense service of group create[abs.] x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
499Such circumstances can come in between. 500Therefore, just as you have created a group of intense effort-makers, in the same way, prepare a group of those who do intense service.
388अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
501Achcha.
389बापदादा बहुत-बहुत मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā bahut-bahut mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada very congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
502BapDada is giving many, many congratulations.
390डबल विदेशी : अभी डबल विदेशी नहीं कहो , डबल पुरूषार्थी . double vidēśhī : abhī double vidēśhī nahī̃ kahō , double purūṣhārthī . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : ab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double purūṣhārthī[x] . double foreigner : now double foreigner not say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double effort-maker .
503Double foreigners: Now, do not say double foreigners, but double effort-makers.
391ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
504Is that all right?
392डबल पुरूषार्थी हैं ना . double purūṣhārthī haĩ nā . double purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . double effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
505You are double effort-makers, are you not?
393डबल पुरूषार्थी बच्चे अपनी सेवा का जो मधुबन में चांस लेते हैं भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार से , यह बापदादा को बहुत अच्छा लगता है क्योंकि एक दो के संगठन का बल मिलता है , कहाँ क्या प्राब्लम होती है , कहाँ क्या प्राब्लम होती है , तो एक दो के अनुभव से और बड़ों के डायरेक्शन से , पालना से सहज हो जाता है . double purūṣhārthī bachchē apnī sēvā kā jō madhuban mē̃ chance lētē haĩ bhinn-bhinn prakār sē , yah bāpdādā kō bahut achchhā lagtā hai kyōṅki ēk dō kē|K saṅgaṭhan kā bal miltā hai , kahā̃ kyā problem hōtī hai , kahā̃ kyā problem hōtī hai , tō ēk dō kē|K anubhav sē aur baṛō̃ kē|K direction sē , pālnā sē sahaj hō jātā hai . double purūṣhārthī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chance lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyōṅki ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kahā̃ kyā problem hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kahā̃ kyā problem hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aur baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K direction sē[postp.] , pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . double effort-maker child one’s own service of that Madhuban in chance take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] different form from , this BapDada to very enjoy because one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) gathering of strength receive[pres.sg.m.23] , where what problem be[pres.sg.f.23] , where what problem be[pres.sg.f.23] , then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) experience from and very (of|K) direction from , (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) from easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
506BapDada likes it very much when the double effort-making children take a chance of doing their own service in different ways in Madhuban because you all receive power of the gathering from one another. 507In some places there is one problem, in other places there is another problem, and so with one another's experience, and directions and sustenance from the seniors, everything becomes easy.
394वायुमण्डल का भी बल मिलता है , जिम्मेवारी कम होती है , समय वहाँ कम मिलता है यहाँ समय फ्री मिलता है , एक ही काम के लिए . vāyumaṇḍal kā bhī bal miltā hai , jimmēvārī kam hōtī hai , samay vahā̃ cum|kam miltā hai yahā̃ samay free miltā hai , ēk hī kām kē liē . vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vahā̃ cum|kam[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] yahā̃ samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] free milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ēk[adj.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] . atmosphere of too strength receive[pres.sg.m.23] , responsibility decrease , time there (x|less) receive[pres.sg.m.23] here time free receive[pres.sg.m.23] , one only (lust|task) for .
508You also receive power from the atmosphere. 509You have fewer responsibilities. 510Back at home you don't have as much time, whereas here you have free time for doing just one thing.
395वहाँ भिन्न-भिन्न जिम्मेवारियां होती हैं और टाइम देना ही पड़ता है , यहाँ एक ही काम होता है , या सेवा या स्व कल्याण . vahā̃ bhinn-bhinn jimmēvāriyā̃ hōtī haĩ aur time dēnā hī paṛtā hai , yahā̃ ēk hī kām hōtā hai , yā sēvā yā sva kalyāṇ . vahā̃ bhinn[adj.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur time dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yahā̃ ēk[adj.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yā sva kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . there different responsibility be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and time give[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] , here one only (lust|task) be[pres.sg.m.23] , or service or x benefit .
511There, you have many different responsibilities and you have to give time to those whereas here you have just one thing to do: either service or benefit the self.
396और दिनप्रतिदिन बापदादा ने देखा कि सर्विस की रूपरेखा अच्छी बढ़ रही है . aur dinpratidin bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki service kī|key rūprēkhā achchhī baṛh rahī hai . aur pratidin bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rūprēkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . and day by day BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x achcha grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
512Day by day, BapDada has seen that the form of service is changing very well.
397फारेन के यूथ की भी रिजल्ट सुनी . foreign kē|K youth kī|key bhī result sunī . foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K youth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] result sunnā[past-part.f.] . abroad (of|K) youth (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too result listen[past-part.f.] .
513Baba also heard the result of the Youth from abroad.
398और हर एक जो सेवा में आगे बढ़ रहे हैं , तो बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि धीरे धीरे दो बातें नजदीक आ रही हैं - एक तो गवर्मेन्ट या विशेष लोग उनके नजदीक जाने का चांस अच्छा मिल रहा है और धीरे धीरे आपस में प्लैन बनाकर गवर्मेन्ट तक अपने अपने देश की गवर्मेन्ट तक पहुंचने का भी साधन बन जायेगा . aur har ēk jō sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛh rahē haĩ , tō bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki dhīrē dhīrē dō bātē̃ najdīk ā rahī haĩ - ēk tō government yā viśhēṣh lōg unkē najdīk jānē kā chance achchhā mil rahā hai aur dhīrē dhīrē āpas mē̃ plan banākar government tak apnē apnē dēśh kī|key government tak pahuñchnē kā bhī sādhan ban jāyēgā . aur har ēk[x] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , tō bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] dhīrē dhīrē dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nazdīk ānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] - ēk[adj.] tō government yā viśhēṣh[adj.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.kē] nazdīk jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur dhīrē dhīrē āpas mē̃[x] plan banānā[abs.] government tak apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key government tak pahuñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . and each one that service in previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , then BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that x x (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) matter x come[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] - one then government or special people that[.kē] x (know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) of chance achcha receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and x x with each other plan create[abs.] government until one’s own one’s own land (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) government until reach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too facilities become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
514Each one is moving ahead in service, BapDada is seeing that two things are gradually coming closer. 515One is that you are getting a good chance to go close to the Government or important people, and by making plans among yourselves, a method will gradually be created to reach the Government in your own countries.
399तो अच्छा है . tō achchhā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
516So, it is good.
400विदेश में भी नाम बाला होना है और देश में तो होना ही है . vidēśh mē̃ bhī nām bālā hōnā hai aur dēśh mē̃ tō hōnā hī hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . abroad in too name x be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and land in then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
517The name has to be glorified abroad and it has to happen in this land too.
401यूथ ग्रुप का भी बापदादा ने समाचार सुना , इन्डिया का भी और फारेन का भी , इन्डिया में भी अभी प्लैन बनाते हैं . youth group kā bhī bāpdādā nē samāchār sunā , India kā bhī aur foreign kā bhī , India mē̃ bhī abhī plan banātē haĩ . youth group kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] , India kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aur foreign kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] , India mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . youth group of too BapDada ∅ news (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) , India of too and abroad of too , India in too now plan create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
518BapDada also heard the news of the Youth Group - from India and abroad. 519They are making plans in India too.
402लेकिन इससे पहले भारत में यह प्लैन बनायें जो गवर्मेन्ट तक आवाज जाये , शुरू शुरू में बापदादा ने देखा था कि यूथ ग्रुप को प्रेजीडेंट प्राइममिनिस्टर के पास ले गये थे , पहले ग्रुप गया था , अभी सब साधन आपके साथ हैं , अभी आपका टी . वी . में भी आ सकता है सिर्फ मिलाओ नहीं , लेकिन उन्हों को सुनाने का चांस लो . lēkin issē pahlē bhārat mē̃ yah plan banāyē̃ jō government tak āvāj jāyē , śhurū śhurū mē̃ bāpdādā nē dēkhā thā ki youth group kō president prime minister kē pās lē gayē thē , pahlē group gayā thā , abhī sab sādhan āpkē sāth haĩ , abhī āpkā T . we|V . mē̃ bhī ā saktā hai sirph milāō nahī̃ , lēkin unhō̃ kō sunānē kā chance lō|low . lēkin yah[pn.sg.sē] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] government tak āvāz[n.f.;sg.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] youth group kō[postp.] president prime minister kē pās[x] lē jānā[past-perf.pl.m.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] group jānā[past-perf.m.sg.] , ab[adv.hī] sab[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kā] T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] sirph[adj.] milānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . but this[.sē] (x|firstly) Bharat in this plan create[opt.pl.12hon3] that government until noise go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , beginning beginning in BapDada ∅ see[past-perf.m.sg.] that youth group to president prime minister to carry , (x|firstly) group go[past-perf.m.sg.] , now all facilities you[.kē] with be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now you[.kā] x . (x) . in too come[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] only x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , but that to speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
520However, before this, make a plan in Bharat so that this sound reaches the Government. 521In the beginning, BapDada saw that the Youth group was taken to meet the President and the Prime Minister. 522The group had gone earlier. 523Now, you have all facilities with you. 524Now, you can also have this on the TV., but just do not mix it with other things. 525Seek an opportunity to speak to them.
403यूथ से मिले और शार्ट टाइम में सुनें कि क्या क्या करते हैं . youth sē milē aur short time mē̃ sunē̃ ki kyā kyā kartē haĩ . youth sē[postp.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] aur short time mē̃[postp.] sunnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] kyā kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . youth from (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) and short time in listen[opt.pl.12hon3] that what what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
526They should meet the Youth and listen to them briefly about the things that they are doing.
404तो हर वर्ग वालों को ऐसा ग्रुप बनाना चाहिए जो मिनिस्ट्री तक पहुंचे और जो मुख्य मिनिस्टर प्राइममिनिस्टर हैं उन तक आवाज पहुंचे . tō har|her varg vālō̃ kō aisā group banānā chāhiē jō ministry tak pahuñchē aur jō mukhya minister prime minister haĩ un tak āvāj pahuñchē . tō harnā[root]|har|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|banānā[.oblig3] jō[pn.;d.] ministry tak pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] aur jō[pn.;d.] mukhya[adj.] minister prime minister hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] tak āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pahuñchnā[opt.sg.23] . then (x[root]|x) profession those who to such group (create[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|create[.oblig3]) that x until (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) and that main minister prime minister be[pres.pl.12hon3] that until noise (reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|reach[opt.sg.23]) .
527So, those from every Wing should prepare such a group which reaches the Ministry so that the sound reaches the main Ministers and the Prime Minister.
405बाकी अच्छा है , बापदादा ने देखा कि फारेन में भी वृद्धि हो रही है , होती रहेगी . bākī achchhā hai , bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki foreign mē̃ bhī vr̥iddhi hō rahī hai , hōtī rahēgī . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] foreign mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that abroad in too growth be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , be[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
528The rest is good. 529BapDada has seen that expansion is taking place abroad too and it will continue to take place.
406सेन्टर भी जो रहे हुए हैं उसका प्लैन बनाते रहते हैं और स्व पुरूषार्थ का अटेन्शन है और अण्डरलाइन कर स्व पुरूषार्थ में भी नवींनता लाते रहना . centre bhī jō rahē huē haĩ uskā plan banātē rahtē haĩ aur sva purūṣhārth kā attention hai aur underline kar sva purūṣhārth mē̃ bhī navīnntā lātē rahnā . centre bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur sva puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur underline karnā[root] sva puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . centre too that (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kā] plan create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and x effort of attention be[pres.sg.23] and underline do[root] x effort in too newness x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
530You continue to make plans for opening centres where there aren't any centres, and there is also attention paid to effort on the self. 531Underline bringing newness in effort for the self.
407ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
532Is that all right?
408अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
533Achcha.
409आप सबको भी अच्छा लगता है ना , फारेनर्स हर ग्रुप में आते हैं , अच्छा लगता है ना क्योंकि हमारे परिवार में यह भी नवीनता है . āp sabkō bhī achchhā lagtā hai nā , foreigners har|her group mē̃ ātē haĩ , achchhā lagtā hai nā kyōṅki hamārē parivār mē̃ yah bhī navīntā hai . āp[pn.pl.] sabkō bhī[p.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , foreigner harnā[root]|har|her group mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā kyōṅki ham[pn.pl.kē] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you everything too enjoy ∅ , foreigner (x[root]|x) group in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , enjoy ∅ because we[.kē] family in this too newness be[pres.sg.23] .
534All of you like it, do you not, when the foreigners come in every group! 535You like it because this is newness in our family.
410फारेन के भी वैरायटी सब आते हैं . foreign kē|K bhī variety sab ātē haĩ . foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] variety sab[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . abroad (of|K) too variety all come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
536All varieties from abroad come here.
411ऐसा परिवार तो किसका भी नहीं होगा जो एक ही स्थान पर कोई भी विशेष देश रह नहीं जाए . aisā parivār tō kiskā bhī nahī̃ hōgā jō ēk hī sthān par kōī bhī viśhēṣh dēśh rah nahī̃ jāē . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kaun[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kōī bhī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānā[opt.sg.23] . such family then who[.kā] too not be[fut.m.sg.23] that one only place (at|other) anyone special land remain[root] not (go[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|go[opt.sg.23]) .
537No one else would have such a family in one place where someone from any of the main countries would be missing.
412अभी देखो मुस्लिम देश भी आगे आगे आ रहे हैं . abhī dēkhō muslim dēśh bhī āgē āgē ā rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] muslim[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] āgē āgē ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x land too previously previously come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
538Now, even the Muslim countries are coming in the front.
413अरेबियन भी आ रहे हैं . Arabian bhī ā rahē haĩ . Arabian bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Arab countrie too come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
539Those from Arab countries are also coming.
414तो वैरायटी परिवार एक भी वंचित न रह जाए , यही लक्ष्य है कि सभी बच्चों तक पहुंचकर बाप का सन्देश दे वारिस निकालें , परिवार के बिछुड़े हुए परिवार में मिलायें , यह देख बापदादा खुश है और खुशी बढ़ाते चलो . tō variety parivār ēk bhī vañchit na rah jāē , yahī lakṣhya hai ki sabhī bachchō̃ tak pahuñchkar bāp kā sandēśh dē vāris nikālē̃ , parivār kē|K bichhuṛē huē parivār mē̃ milāyē̃ , yah dēkh bāpdādā khuśh hai aur khuśhī baṛhātē chalō . tō variety parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] vañchit[adj.] na[neg] rahnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] tak pahuñchnā[abs.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[opt.sg.23]|dēnā[root] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bichhuṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bichhuṛnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then variety family one too deprived not remain[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , this aim be[pres.sg.23] that all child until reach[abs.] father of message (give[opt.sg.23]|give[root]) heir x[opt.pl.12hon3] , family (of|K) (want to be separated[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|want to be separated[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] family in x[opt.pl.12hon3] , this see[root] BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] and happiness increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
540So, in this variety family, not one should be deprived. 541The aim is to reach all the children and give them the Father's message and make heirs emerge, that those who have become separated from the family should come back to their family. 542Seeing this, BapDada is pleased. 543Continue to increase this happiness.
415अभी तो आपके पास निमन्त्रण पीछे निमन्त्रण आने वाले हैं , क्यों ? abhī tō āpkē pās|pass nimantraṇ pīchhē nimantraṇ ānē vālē haĩ , kyō̃ ? ab[adv.hī] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pīchhē nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kyō̃ ? now then you[.kē] (x|pass) invitation x invitation (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , why ?
544Now, you are going to get invitation after invitation. 545Why?
416अन्त में यही रहना है , यही है , यही है , यही है . ant mē̃ yahī rahnā hai , yahī hai , yahī hai , yahī hai . ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . end in this remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this be[pres.sg.23] , this be[pres.sg.23] , this be[pres.sg.23] .
546At the end, there will just be this. 547This is the One! 548This is the One! 549This is the One!
417अभी सभी किनारे छूटकर सभी को बाप के संबंध में या सन्देश सुनने में चांस मिलना ही है . abhī sabhī kinārē chhūṭkar sabhī kō bāp kē|K sambandh mē̃ yā sandēśh sunnē mē̃ chance milnā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chhūṭnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yā sandēśh[x] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] chance milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now all x let go[abs.] all to father (of|K) relationship in or message listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] in chance receive[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
550Now, all supports have to be left and everyone has to be given a chance to forge a relationship with the Father or to hear the message.
418नहीं तो उल्हना आपको सबका बहुत मिलेगा . nahī̃ tō ulhanā āpkō sabkā bahut milēgā . nahī̃ tō[x] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . otherwise complaint you[.kō] everyone's very receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
551Otherwise, all of you will receive many complaints.
419मन्सा से भी आत्माओं को आकर्षित कर आगे बढ़ा सकते हो . mansā sē bhī ātmāō̃ kō ākarṣhit kar āgē baṛhā saktē hō . mansā sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ākarṣhit[adj.] karnā[root] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . through the mind from too soul to attracted do[root] previously increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
552You can attract souls through your mind and enable them to move forward.
420सम्बन्ध , सम्पर्क में ला सकते हो . sambandh , samparka mē̃ lā saktē hō . sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . relationship , x in x[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
553You can bring them into relationship and connection.
421मन्सा की सेवा अभी कम है . mansā kī|key sēvā abhī cum|kam hai . mansā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . through the mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service now (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
554Service through the mind is very little at present.
422लेकिन अभी से शुरू करेंगे तो अन्त में कोई रह नहीं जायेगा . lēkin abhī sē śhurū karē̃gē tō ant mē̃ kōī rah nahī̃ jāyēgā . lēkin ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . but now from beginning do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then end in some remain[root] not go[fut.m.sg.23] .
555However, if you start from now, then no one will be left out at the end.
423कभी भी अगर फुर्सत मिलती हो तो फरिश्ता रूप में जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप ने आप सभी को मन्सा सेवा द्वारा आकर्षित किया , घर बैठे हिम्मत दी और चल पड़े , ऐसे आप भी फरिश्ते रूप से मन्सा सेवा कर सकते हो , फरिश्ता बनके , यह अनुभव भी बढ़ाते चलो क्योंकि दुःख की लहर , जैसे सागर अचानक लहरों में बढ़ता जाता है , तेज लहरें बीच-बीच में आ जाती हैं ना . kabhī bhī agar phursat miltī hō tō phariśhtā rūp mē̃ jaisē brahmā bāp nē āp sabhī kō mansā sēvā dvārā ākarṣhit kiyā , ghar baiṭhē himmat dī|the aur chal paṛē , aisē āp bhī phariśhtē rūp sē mansā sēvā kar saktē hō , phariśhtā bankē , yah anubhav bhī baṛhātē chalō kyōṅki duḥkh kī|key lahar , jaisē sāgar achānak laharō̃ mē̃ baṛhtā jātā hai , tēj laharē̃ bīch-bīch mē̃ ā jātī haĩ nā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] agar phursat[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.pl.f.2] tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā ākarṣhit[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the aur chalnā[opt.sg.23.root+paṛnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[abs.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] achānak lahar[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] , tēj[adj.] lahar[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] nā . ever too if time receive[pres.pl.f.2] then angel Rup in like Brahma father ∅ you all to through the mind service through attracted do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , home (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) courage (give[past-part.f.]|the) and continue[opt.sg.23.root+paṛnā] , such you too angel Rup from through the mind service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , angel become[abs.] , this experience too increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because (sorrow|hurt[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave , like ocean suddenly wave in grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] , fast wave x come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ . 424ऐसे अभी जितना समय बढ़ता जायेगा तो बीच बीच में भी ऐसी लहर दुःख की अशान्ति की बीच बीच में बढ़ती रहेगी . aisē abhī jitnā samay baṛhtā jāyēgā tō bīch bīch mē̃ bhī aisī lahar duḥkh kī|key aśhānti kī|key bīch bīch mē̃ baṛhtī rahēgī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] tō bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . such now the more time grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] then centre centre in too such wave (sorrow|hurt[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) peacelessness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) centre centre in grow[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
556Just as Father Brahma attracted all of you by serving through the mind, while sitting at home, he gave you courage and you just left, in the same way whenever you have time, you can also serve with your mind, through the angelic form, by becoming angels. 557Continue to increase this experience because just as waves of the ocean come suddenly, every now and then there are very powerful waves, in the same way, as the time comes closer, waves of sorrow and peacelessness will also continue to increase every now and again.
425कोई कारण ऐसे बनेंगे जो दुःख की लहर बढ़ेगी इसलिए औरों को तैयार करो वाचा के लिए . kōī kāraṇ aisē banē̃gē jō duḥkh kī|key lahar baṛhēgī isliē aurō̃ kō taiyār karō vāchā kē liē . kōī[pn.;d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] isliē aurō̃ kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vāchā kē liē[x] . some because such become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that (sorrow|hurt[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave grow[fut.f.sg.23] therefore others to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x for .
558Something or other will become a reason such that waves of sorrow will increase. 559Therefore, prepare others to serve through words.
426लेकिन फाउण्डेशन पक्का हो . lēkin foundation pakkā hō . lēkin foundation pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but foundation firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
560However, the foundation has to be strong.
427अपना प्रभाव डालने वाले नहीं हो . apnā prabhāv ḍālnē vālē nahī̃ hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (one’s own|adopt[root]) x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
561They shouldn't be those who just create their own impact.
428रीयल ज्ञान का प्रभाव डालने वाले हो . real gyān kā prabhāv ḍālnē vālē hō . real gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . real knowledge of x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
562They should be those who create an impact of real knowledge.
429कभी कभी ब्राह्मण बच्चे भी अपना प्रभाव डालने लगते हैं , कोई भी सेवा में बाप की तरफ आकर्षित करो , पर्सनल नहीं . kabhī kabhī brāhmaṇ bachchē bhī apnā prabhāv ḍālnē lagtē haĩ , kōī bhī sēvā mē̃ bāp kī|key taraph ākarṣhit karō , personal nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] , kōī bhī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ākarṣhit[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , personal nahī̃[neg] . ever ever Brahmin child too (one’s own|adopt[root]) x create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+lagnā] , anyone service in father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction attracted do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x not .
563Sometimes, even the Brahmin children begin to create their own impact. 564In any service, attract others to the Father, not personally to the self.
430अगर पर्सनल अपने पर प्रभावित करते तो उसका पुण्य नहीं बनता . agar personal apnē par prabhāvit kartē tō uskā puṇya nahī̃ bantā . agar personal apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] prabhāvit[adj.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if x one’s own (at|other) x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then that[.kā] charity not become[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
565If you impress others with yourself personally, no charity is accumulated through that.
431अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
566Achcha.
432चारों ओर के पुरूषार्थ में आगे बढ़ने वाले , जैसे अभी 15 दिन का काम बापदादा ने दिया था , उसकी रिजल्ट जो समझते हैं , जैसे बापदादा ने कार्य दिया , उसी प्रमाण मन्सा , वाचा , कर्मणा , समय , संकल्प यथार्थ रहा , वह हाथ उठाओ . chārō̃ ōr kē|K purūṣhārth mē̃ āgē baṛhnē vālē , jaisē abhī 15 din kā kām bāpdādā nē diyā thā , uskī result jō samajhtē haĩ , jaisē bāpdādā nē kārya diyā , usī pramāṇ mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , samay , saṅkalp yathārth rahā , vah hāth uṭhāō . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] result jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ mansā , vāchā , karmaṇā , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yathārth[adj.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . everywhere (of|K) effort in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , like now 15 day of (lust|task) BapDada ∅ give[past-perf.m.sg.] , that[.kī] result that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , like BapDada ∅ task give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.hī] (under) through the mind , x , x , time , thought x (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , that raise your hands .
567Those who are going to go ahead in all types of effort, BapDada gave you 15 day's homework. 568Those of you who feel that your result is what BapDada asked and that your mind, words, deeds, time and thoughts were accurate according to that, raise your hands!
433अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
569Achcha.
434बहुत थोड़ों ने उठाया है . bahut thōṛō̃ nē uṭhāyā hai . bahut thōṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very short ∅ uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
570Very few of you raised your hands.
435जिन्होंने 15 दिन का काम अच्छी रिजल्ट में किया , वह हाथ उठाओ . jinhōnnē 15 din kā kām achchhī result mē̃ kiyā , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.pl.nē] 15 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] 15 day of (lust|task) achcha result in do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that raise your hands .
571Those who did the 15 day's homework with a good result, raise your hands!
436थोड़ोने किया है बाकी औरों की भी रिजल्ट आई है , जो यहाँ नहीं हैं उन्हों की भी रिजल्ट आई है . thōṛōnē kiyā hai bākī aurō̃ kī|key bhī result āī hai , jō yahā̃ nahī̃ haĩ unhō̃ kī|key bhī result āī hai . thōṛā[pn.pl.nē] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bākī|bākī aurō̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] result ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , jō[pn.;d.] yahā̃ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] result ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . short do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] (others|but) others (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too result come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that here not be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too result come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
572Few have done this and Baba has received the results from others too who are not here, but who have sent their result.
437बहुत करके वेस्ट थॉट्स की रिजल्ट सभी ने अटेन्शन अच्छा दिया है . bahut karkē waste|west thoughts kī|key result sabhī nē attention achchhā diyā hai . bahut karnā[abs.] waste|west thought karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] attention achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very do[abs.] (waste|west) thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result all ∅ attention achcha give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
573Generally, all of you have paid attention well to the result of waste thoughts.
438लेकिन सारा ब्राह्मण परिवार एक जैसा पुरूषार्थ में चले , वह रिजल्ट संगठन की अभी लानी है . lēkin sārā brāhmaṇ parivār ēk jaisā purūṣhārth mē̃ chalē , vah result saṅgaṭhan kī|key abhī lānī hai . lēkin sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] result saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ab[adv.hī] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . but the whole Brahmin family one like effort in (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) , that result gathering (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) now x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
574However, for the whole Brahmin family to move along in their effort on the same wavelength, that result has yet to be brought about in the gathering.
439मैजारिटी रिजल्ट में सभी बातों की एक जैसी अच्छी रिजल्ट हो , वह कम है . majority result mē̃ sabhī bātō̃ kī|key ēk jaisī achchhī result hō , vah cum|kam hai . majority result mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . majority result in all matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one like achcha result (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] .
575For the result of the majority to be a good result in all aspects, that is lacking.
440किसकी किसमें है , किसकी किसमें है . kiskī kismē̃ hai , kiskī kismē̃ hai . kaun[pn.sg.kī] kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kaun[pn.sg.kī] kaun[pn.sg.mē̃] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . who[.kī] who[.mē̃] be[pres.sg.23] , who[.kī] who[.mē̃] be[pres.sg.23] .
576Some are lacking in one thing and others are lacking in another thing.
441अभी इस ड्रिल से सभी को सदा के लिए अपने पुरूषार्थ की गति तीव्र करनी है क्योंकि बहुतकाल चाहिए . abhī is drill sē sabhī kō sadā kē liē apnē purūṣhārth kī|key gati tīvr karnī hai kyōṅki bahutkāl chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.o.] drill sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sadā kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tīvr[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki bahutkāl chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . now this drill from all to constantly for one’s own effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speed intense do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because a long period of time (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
577Now, with this drill, everyone has to make the speed of their effort fast for all time because a long period of time is needed.
442मानो पीछे कर भी लेंगे लेकिन बहुतकाल का भी सम्बन्ध है इसलिए सभी अटेन्शन दें मुझे करना है , कोई करे नहीं करे , लेकिन मुझे एवररेडी बनना ही है . mānō pīchhē kar bhī lē̃gē lēkin bahutkāl kā bhī sambandh hai isliē sabhī attention dē̃ mujhē karnā hai , kōī karē nahī̃ karē , lēkin mujhē ever ready bannā hī hai . mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pīchhē karnā[root] bhī[p.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin bahutkāl kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē sab[adv.hī] attention dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kō] ever ready bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x do[root] too take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but a long period of time of too relationship be[pres.sg.23] therefore all attention give[opt.pl.12hon3] I[.kō] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , some do[opt.sg.23] not do[opt.sg.23] , but I[.kō] ever-ready become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
578You can do it at the end, but it is also connected to a long period of time and this is why everyone has to pay the attention, "I have to do this. 579Whether others do this or not, I definitely have to become ever-ready."
443अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha
580Achcha.
444चारों ओर के बाप के स्नेही , जो स्नेही होते हैं वह सहयोगी जरूर होते हैं , स्नेह का रिटर्न प्रत्यक्ष रूप वह हर कार्य में तन-मन-धन-जन में एक दो के सहयोगी जरूर होंगे . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bāp kē|K snēhī , jō snēhī hōtē haĩ vah sahyōgī jarūr hōtē haĩ , snēh kā return pratyakṣha rūp vah har|her kārya mē̃ tan-man-dhan-jan mē̃ ēk dō kē|K sahyōgī jarūr hōṅgē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēhī[adj.] , jō[pn.;d.] snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sahyōgī[adj.] zarūr hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] return pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] harnā[root]|har|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sahyōgī[adj.] zarūr hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) father (of|K) loving , that loving be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that co-operative definitely be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , love of return visible Rup that (x[root]|x) task in x in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) co-operative definitely be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 445तो ऐसे स्नेही और सहयोगी बच्चे , जो सदा बाप के प्यार में लवलीन रहने वाले हैं , लव में नहीं , लेकिन लवलीन रहने वाले और सदा बाप के सर्व कार्य में समय संकल्प लगाने वाले , क्योंकि संगमयुग में समय और संकल्प की बहुत वैल्यु है , एक जन्म में अनेक जन्मों की प्रालब्ध बनाने वाले , ऐसे तीव्र पुरूषार्थी हर गुण , हर शक्ति को , हर समय अनुसार कार्य में लगाने वाले ऐसे गुण सम्पन्न , शक्ति सम्पन्न बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत पदम पदम गुणा यादप्यार और नमस्ते . tō aisē snēhī aur sahyōgī bachchē , jō sadā bāp kē|K pyār mē̃ lavlīn rahnē vālē haĩ , love|lav mē̃ nahī̃ , lēkin lavlīn rahnē vālē aur sadā bāp kē|K sarv kārya mē̃ samay saṅkalp lagānē vālē , kyōṅki saṅgamyug mē̃ samay aur saṅkalp kī|key bahut value hai , ēk janm mē̃ anēk janmō̃ kī|key prālabdh banānē vālē , aisē tīvr purūṣhārthī har|her guṇ , har|her śhakti kō , har|her samay anusār kārya mē̃ lagānē vālē aisē guṇ sampann , śhakti sampann bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut padam padam guṇā yādpyār aur namastē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] aur sahyōgī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lavlīn[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , love|lav[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin lavlīn[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kyōṅki saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut value hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] harnā[root]|har|her guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] , harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sampann[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . then such loving and co-operative child , that constantly father (of|K) love in x remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (love|Luv) in not , but x remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and constantly father (of|K) all task in time thought attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , because confluence age in time and thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very Values be[pres.sg.23] , one (life|be born[root]) in many life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) reward create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , such intense effort-maker (x[root]|x) virtue , (x[root]|x) Shakti to , (x[root]|x) time according to task in attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such virtue full , Shakti full child to very multimillion multimillion fold love, remembrance and x .
581To all the children from everywhere who are loving to the Father, because those who are loving are definitely co-operative, and the return of love is that, in a practical way, in every task, they will definitely be co-operative with one another through their body, mind, wealth and relationships, to such loving and co-operative children who are constantly absorbed in the Father's love, not just in love, but those who remain absorbed in love, and who always engage their time and thoughts in all the Father's tasks, because at the confluence age, time and thoughts have a lot of value, to those who create a reward for many births in one birth, to such intense effort-makers who use every virtue and every power according to the time, to the children who are filled with virtues and powers, lots and lots of, multi, multimillionfold love, remembrance and namaste.
446निर्मला दीदी से : अच्छा चक्र लगाकर आई . Nirmalā dīdī sē : achchhā chakra lagākar āī|eye|I . Nirmalā[n.f.;sg.] dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . Nirmala didi from : achcha (cycle|x) attach[abs.] (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) .
582Dr. 583Nirmala: Achcha, you have come back from your tour.
447 ( आस्ट्रेलिया गई थी ) अच्छा दोनों तरफ पार्ट बजा रही हो , बहुत अच्छा . ( Australia gaī thī ) achchhā dōnō̃ taraph part bajā rahī hō , bahut achchhā . ( Australia jānā[past-perf.f.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dōnō̃ taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( Australia go[past-perf.f.] ) achcha x direction play one's part , very achcha .
584(Dr Nirmala had gone to Australia) You are playing a part on both sides. 585Very good.
448रिजल्ट भी अच्छी है . result bhī achchhī hai . result bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . result too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
586The result is also good.
449 ( दादी जानकी से ) ः यह भी चक्र लगाकर आई . ( dādī jānkī sē ) ḥ yah bhī chakra lagākar āī|eye|I . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) x yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . ( Dadi x from ) x this too (cycle|x) attach[abs.] (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) .
587Dadi Janki: This one has also come back from the tour.
450बहुत अच्छा खेल किया , खेल ही है . bahut achchhā khēl kiyā , khēl hī hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very achcha (play|play[root]) do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (play|play[root]) only be[pres.sg.23] .
588You played a very good game. 589It is just a game.
451 ( सोलार सिस्टम जो हमारे पास लगा है वह सब पेपर्स में आया है ) बापदादा ने कहा था कि यह जो सोलार का कर रहे हैं तो ऐसा टाइम आयेगा जो और तरफ अंधियारा होगा और एक ही आपके स्थान में रोशनी होगी . ( solar system jō hamārē pās|pass lagā hai vah sab papers mē̃ āyā hai ) bāpdādā nē kahā thā ki yah jō solar kā kar rahē haĩ tō aisā time āyēgā jō aur taraph andhiyārā hōgā aur ēk hī āpkē sthān mē̃ rōśhnī hōgī . ( solar system jō[pn.;d.] ham[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] paper mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] solar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] aur taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] andhiyārā, andhērā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur ēk[adj.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rōśhnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . ( solar x that we[.kē] (x|pass) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that all paper in come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) BapDada ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] that this that solar of do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then such time come[fut.m.sg.23] that and direction darkness be[fut.m.sg.23] and one only you[.kē] place in light be[fut.f.sg.23] .
590(The newspapers published articles of the Solar System that we have here.) 591BapDada had said when the Solar System was put up, a time will come when there will be darkness everywhere and you will have light in your place.
452यह भी सब खेल देखेंगे . yah bhī sab khēl dēkhē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sab[adj.] khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this too all (play|play[root]) see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
592You will see these games too.
453 ( यूथ अभी गवर्मेन्ट तक जायेंगे , ऐसा प्रोग्राम बनाया है ) गवर्मेन्ट समझे कि यह यूथ अच्छे हैं . ( youth abhī government tak jāyēṅgē , aisā programme banāyā hai ) government samajhē ki yah youth achchhē haĩ . ( youth ab[adv.hī] government tak jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) government samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] youth achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( youth now government until go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , such programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) government (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that this youth achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
593(The Youth will now go to the Government. 594Such a programme has been made.) 595The Government should think that this Youth is good.
454यह भी हो जायेगा . yah bhī hō jāyēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . this too be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
596That will also happen.
455बृजमोहन भाई से : सेवा कर रहे हैं , सेवा करते रहेंगे . br̥ijmōhan bhāī sē : sēvā kar rahē haĩ , sēvā kartē rahē̃gē . br̥ijmōhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] : sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . Brij Mohan (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) from : service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , service do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
597Brijmohanbhai: You are doing service; you will continue to do service.
456जो इशारे मिलते रहते हैं उसको प्रैक्टिकल ला रहे हो , इसकी मुबारक हो . jō iśhārē miltē rahtē haĩ uskō practical lā rahē hō , iskī mubārak hō . jō[pn.;d.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] vah[pn.sg.kō] practical lānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that signal receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that[.kō] practical x[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
598You are putting into a practical form the signals that you receive. 599Congratulations for that.
457 ( रमेश भाई , उषा बहन से ) दोनों ही ठीक हैं ना . ( ramēśh bhāī , uṣā bahan sē ) dōnō̃ hī ṭhīk haĩ nā . ( ramēśh bhāī[x] , x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) dōnō̃ hī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . ( Rameshbhai , x x from ) x only OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
600(Rameshbhai and Ushaben) Both of you are well, are you not?
458जो निमित्त आत्मायें हैं उनको देख करके सभी को उमंग आता है , यह जैसे करते हैं हम भी करें तो आप निमित्त हैं औरों को भी उमंग-उत्साह दिलाने के . jō nimitt ātmāyē̃ haĩ unkō dēkh karkē sabhī kō umaṅg ātā hai , yah jaisē kartē haĩ ham bhī karē̃ tō āp nimitt haĩ aurō̃ kō bhī umaṅg-utsāh dilānē kē|K . jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . that instrument soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] all to zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] , this like do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we too do[opt.pl.12hon3] then you instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] others to too zeal and enthusiasm x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) .
601Seeing the instrument souls, everyone has enthusiasm. 602We would also like to do how they are doing, and so you are instruments to give zeal and enthusiasm to others.
459बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
603You have done very well.
460परदादी से : बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही हो , विष्णु के समान लेटे लेटे पार्ट बजा रही हो . pardādī sē : bahut achchhā part bajā rahī hō , viṣhṇu kē|K samān lēṭē lēṭē part bajā rahī hō . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] , viṣhṇu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samān[adj.] lēṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lēṭnā[opt.sg.23] lēṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lēṭnā[opt.sg.23] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : very achcha play one's part , Vishnu (of|K) equal (lie down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lie down[opt.sg.23]) (lie down[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lie down[opt.sg.23]) play one's part .
604Dadi Nirmal Shanta: You are playing a very good part. 605You are playing your part lying down like Vishnu.
461आपको देखके सबको उमंग आता है कि ऐसे पार्ट बजा सकते हैं . āpkō dēkhkē sabkō umaṅg ātā hai ki aisē part bajā saktē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[abs.] sabkō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . you[.kō] see[abs.] everything zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] that such play one's part .
606Seeing you, everyone has the enthusiasm that it is possible to play a part like that.
462बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
607Very good.
608* * * O M S H A N T I * * *